Tumgik
#seo changbin fantasy au
lavenderbang · 5 months
Text
The Legend of 3racha
Fantasy au! 3racha x reader
Genre(s): Fantasy au! (y’all are wanders who do various quests :)), Fluff, comfort, comedy (maybe???), adventurer/wander/bounty-hunter 3racha!
Warning(s): monsters, fighting (slight blood/injury), swearing, alcohol consumption, but that’s pretty much it though
W.C: 13.7k
Summary: You and your trio of misfits are known for taking a variety of quests and odd-jobs that require your skill set. What happens when you are requested for specifically to take down a monster near the dark woods?
A/N: I had this vision of 3racha as a party (in the dnd sense of the word) and I haven’t got it out of my brain since! This has taken quite a long time to come to fruition, but it's here now! Enjoy, and as usual, ignore any typos, my brain is dumb :)
2nd A/N: Okay so I had the idea to set this in the same universe as my Felix fantasy au (which you can find here) halfway through writing this. Its NOT necessary to read to understand this fic, but there will be references if you want to check it out! Now back to 3racha being a party :3
Tumblr media
They own my heart I’m soft...
You entered the tavern, kicking the mud off your riding boots and lowering the hood of your cape. It was gloomy outside today, cloudy and muggy with a drizzling of rain, but it was nothing you four couldn’t handle.
Four meaning the members of your little party, 3racha (Just go with it pls)
It was lead by Bang Chan, a strong, mysterious fellow who looked about as deadly as they come. He grew up alone in the northern mountains, learning everything there is to know about tracking and hunting. He could track anything, animal or beast. Despite his reclusive upbringing and outward appearance, Chan is a calm, and gentle soul; He manages everything (democratically of course), such as group funds, what jobs you’d be taking, where you’d move next, what the plan of attack was, etc. The three of you placed a lot of trust in Chan, which he received by never leading your group astray.
Then there was Seo Changbin, the proudest meathead around. Despite his shorter stature, he was easily the strongest on your team. He used to be a royal guard for the kingdom of Levanter when he fell in love with the royal apothecary. This was forbidden by the king, so Changbin was striped of his position and exiled from the kingdom. He has been on the road ever since, not having a definite place to call home. He is kind-hearted and loyal above all else, and wont hesitate to protect the rest of the group no matter what it takes. He also has a bit of a temper, but that makes it all the more fun for your team to tease him.
Han Jisung was the third, a foreign prince with a connection to medicinal magic. Jisung was lined up to be duke of the southwestern plains; he even was presented with a suitor, the princess to the southeastern sea kingdom Reve. However, not liking his destiny, he ran away, only to find his place with the group. He has an exceptional way of using charms and spells to heal. But don’t let the idea of a healer fool you; He is incredibly cheeky and playful, almost like a child. While his hyper personality has gotten you into trouble before, it also lifts the spirits of the rest of the group, which is always Jisung’s goal.
And that left you, (Y/N) (L/N). You used to be an apprentice to a great warlock; he taught you a fair bit of magic before you realized his only concern was himself. Eventually, when money ran short, he tried to sell you off to a brothel, but you managed to escape and find your place among the already established and well-known group of three. You were a powerful warlock now too, using every challenge to grow and cultivate your powers and reading up on spells when you could. You tried your best to help the boys as much as possible, as they became like a family to you and you cared for them very much.
“Thank god we are finally here.” Jisung shivered, blowing into his hands after entering the tavern, “It’s freezing.” The four of you looked around at the hustle and bustle of the tavern; joyous music, lots of chatter and laughter and the smell of warm food wafting into your nose.
“Go sit down over there, I’ll talk to the bar-hand.” Chan hummed, pointing to a table in the corner. You nodded, following where Chan had pointed and sat at the table.
“I wonder what she wants?” Changbin huffed out, digging the tip of his claymore into the wooden flooring. You had been summoned by letter by the duchess of central valley, told to go to the tavern on the northern border of the city of Miroh to receive further instruction. And who were you to ignore a request from a duchess? 
She was directly under the command of King and Queen Yang, the rulers of every city on the western half of the map. The central valley was a large dominion gifted to her by the king and queen; a summoning from her was not to be taken lightly...
“Not sure, but doubt it’s good.” Jisung speculated, folding his arms on the table and leaning his chin onto them, “I mean, why be so vague if it’s good?”
“Maybe it’s secret and she couldn’t write it over letter.” You suggested, trying to bring the energy of the boys up. Jisung mumbled anxiously and Changbin just scoffed, leaning back in his chair. You looked out the window and bit your lip nervously; it wasn’t like you were criminals, but (at least your’s and Jisung’s case) you were runaways... Maybe that had finally caught up to you? It stressed you out thinking of it, so you shook the thought from your head, laying your staff across your lap.
Soon Chan approached you and sat down in the chair beside you, folding his arms over his broad chest and leaning back on the back of the chair. His face was unreadable, mouth pulled into a line and eyes glancing around the tavern.
“So?” You asked, blinking nervously at Chan.
“We are to wait a bit longer, as the duchess hasn’t arrived yet.” Chan said flatly, earning a groan from the other two boys. A woman approached the table to take your orders; you knew her as the wife of the tavern owner Felix.
“We’ll have a round of ale for the table.” Chan said politely and nodded his head as she left. You and the other two boy perked up to this.
“I thought you said we couldn’t afford any extra expenses until our next job?” Jisung asked, tilting his head like a puppy who just heard its name.
“We can’t, but you guys look glum and could use a little something to cheer you up.” Chan explained with a soft smile. Changbin cracks a grin for what seems like the first time since arriving, and Jisung sits up, cheering at the idea of consuming something besides stale bread and water (which was all you could carry at the moment). You nudged Chan’s arm to get his attention and when you had it, you mouthed a silent ‘thank you’, which sweetened his smile to the point where his eyes turned into little crescents.
He ruffled your hair, before he said “So, what do you think the duchess wants?”
“Not sure.” Changbin sighs. Your drinks arrive and you swear nothing felt better than the warmth of alcohol dribbling down your throat. Wiping his mouth with the back of his hand, Changbin continues, “Worse case scenario, she’s going to try and arrest us, but we’ll just have to fight our way out then.”
“Oh yeah? what if she brings thirty guards with her?” Chan quipped, amusement painted on his features.
“I’ll take them all on,” Changbin boasted, cracking his knuckles, “I would never let some silly duchess take you guys away.” Your heart melted at the notion, but it was soon interrupted by someone behind you clearing their throat.
“Silly, am I?” The duchess said, eyebrow raised. The four of you turned to see her standing there, accompanied by two guards who you thought could probably pick you up and throw you. Changbin��s face went red from embarrassment and Jisung stifled a laugh, coughing to cover it as Changbin kicked him under the table.
“Apologies, Good Lady of the Central Valley.” You quickly apologized, veering at Changbin, “My associate here seems to have had too much ale, as he’s become a bit foolish.” The duchess hummed, unimpressed.
“Excuse me, My Lady.” Chan said, bowing his head, “Why have you summoned us here?”
“We must talk in private,” She responded, before turning and calling over her shoulder, “Come this way.” You looked at Jisung (who looked just a unsure as you) and then Changbin, who mumbled out a ‘sorry’ from the previous incident. You rolled you eyes and looked to Chan, who simple shrugged and stood. You followed the duchess to the back room behind the bar. It was a small room, lined with barrels and crates of spare utensils and glasses.
“Close the door.” She instructed, to which you followed with a polite bow of your head. The four of you stood, staring at her intently before she cleared her throat again and straightened out her posture.
“I’ve never been fond of your folk.” She spat, grimacing like you were a plague, “Wanders do nothing beside bring mess to the places they visit.” Changbin opened his mouth to argue, but you grabbed his shoulder to stop him. You turned you attention back to the duchess, but placed your hand in his, squeezing it to hopefully calm the boy.
“They are brash and rude,” She said with a glare to Changbin. It made your blood boil, but you relaxed for the sake of a smooth interaction. She then glanced at the rest of your party, her face still sour, “Living in lawless lands before coming to my domain and thriving off the wealth of my people.”
“My Lady, I’m sure you have not summoned us here just to speak ill of our lifestyle.” Chan said, voice tight. You noticed the vein in his neck protruding and you realized he was just as angry as Changbin.
“You are correct.” She confirmed before sighing, pinching the bridge of her nose, “You see, my distaste aside, I have a job for you.” You blinked a couple times, not expecting her to offer you and the boys a quest.
“There have been reports of a large beast in the Dark Woods to the east that has been attacking my people. We have already lost a few commoners to this creature, and it keeps venturing more west. It is estimated that within a week, it would get as far as this city here.” The duchess explained, brushing her hair out of her face. Changbin’s hand tensed in yours, so you instinctively rubbed circles into it with your thumb.
“You want us to kill it, right?” Jisung interjected, to which the duchess nodded.
“Why not send your guards out to deal with it?” Chan asked, his tone slightly annoyed, which made you smirk. It was nice to see Chan subtly disrespecting the duchess.
“We already have.” She said, making your blood run cold, “They have never returned.”
“So you’re gonna send us cause we are disposable right?” Changbin grumbled, causing the duchess to roll her eyes at Changbin’s blatant disrespect.
“Because you’re useful.” She snapped back, “As much as I dislike your lifestyle, I am whiling to admit that you are more knowledgeable in the subject of monsters than my guards. As well as knowing the wild better too. “
“I would not ask you if I was not desperate, but alas, I care for my people.” The duchess finalized, sincerity in her tone, “Will you help by taking down the beast in the Dark Woods?”
The three of you look to Chan, who was deep in thought, staring at the floor. He tapped his foot lightly before looking back up at the duchess.
“We do not work for free, My Lady.” Chan said simply, crossing his arms over his chest, “What do you offer us in return?”
“I will pay you handsomely of course,” She answered, unwavering, “200 gold pieces for each of you to slay the beast and bring me it’s head.” Your eyes widened. That was quite a good price, as you’ve done much harder tasks for less, but Chan hummed nonchalantly.
“You’ll pay us half before we leave and half when we return.” Chan negotiated, tilting his head up to feel out the duchess’s desperation.
“I’ll pay a quarter now, and the rest when you bring me that monster’s head.” She said firmly, eyes sharp and scowl deep.
“A quarter now, the rest later, but you’ll fund our stay for the night at the inn upstairs.” Chan bartered, flashing her a grin, “We did travel all the way here, did we not, My Lady?” The duchess rolled her eyes but agreed nonetheless.
“You will leave first thing in the morning, and I expect your return before the sun sets two weeks from now.” She explained, She exited the tavern, the two, large guards at her side once again. The evening was still chilly and cloudy, so you were glad you could sleep inside tonight; the duchess frowned at Changbin, who still had his hand in yours, “I also expect you to address me with respect the next time I see you.”
 Changbin bit back his anger, wanting nothing more than to rip her head off, but simple settled for narrowing his eyes at her and grumbling. In all honesty, you wouldn’t mind ripping her head off either; but you refrained, keeping a blank expression.
“Of course, My Lady.” Chan said politely, waving her off as she got into her carriage. It sped off down the muddy street, and once it disappeared from sight, Changbin finally let out a growl, kicking at the dirt.
“How dare she treat us like trash and then expect us to help her.” Changbin shouted, finally letting himself go after behaving in front of the duchess, “Did you see the way she looked at me like I was nothing but the pavement beneath her foot?! I just- AGH!”
“Its okay Binnie,” Jisung tried to sooth the elder boy, but letting his own aggression out, “I think she pissed all of us off with that sweet opening number about how we are scum.” Chan just let out a scoff and shook his head, before taking a deep breath.
“Lets just go to the inn and rest for tomorrow.” He suggested, patting Changbin on the back reassuringly, “at least she provided us somewhere to rest.” You still held onto Changbin’s hand, it felt almost natural at this point, but it was warm and tense; so you simply gave it one more squeeze and it seemed to relax him a bit.
You were given a room upstairs that was pretty nice. There was a fireplace along the wall and an exotic rug in front of it. Above the fireplace hung a world map. There was a chair in the corner and a matching stool, but the main thing about the room was the two double beds that looked to have wool and quilted blankets on it, making them look more comfortable than anything you’ve seen in a long time. Each was accompanied by a nightstand that held extra candles and holders for more light.
“I wanna sleep with (Y/N)!” Jisung shouted out quickly, flopping down on the closest bed with a wide smile.
“No! I want to!” Changbin argued, jumping onto the closest bed too and trying to push him off. The two of them bickered and fought back and forth for a moment, causing you to giggle at their antics.
“I’m going to go and bring up something to eat from the tavern,” Chan called out over the ruckus, before nodding towards the other boys with a smirk, “Watch them and make sure they don’t break anything, okay?” You chucked and nodded closing the door as Chan left, approaching the other bed and sitting on it. You began to take off your boots when you feel the bed dip on either side of you.
“(Y/N), please tell Changbin you’re sleeping with me tonight!” Jisung huffed, only for Changbin to shove his shoulder. Jisung frowned, but held onto your arm, “I wanna cuddle.”
“No way! (Y/N), tell Jisung you’re gonna sleep with me!” Changbin pouts, holding onto your other arm. You laugh at the two of them, shaking your head.
“Both of you, figure it out yourselves.” You sighed endearingly, “Either of you would make a nice furnace for me to sleep warm, so I don’t care.”
“I suggest we arm wrestle.” Changbin says matter-of-factly, much to Jisung’s disapproval.
“No, that’s not fair! You’d obviously win! We need to pick something fair...” Jisung pouted, holding onto your hand, “(Y/N), pick a number between 1 and 10!” 
Just then, there was a knock on the door, before it opened to reveal Chan standing with a tray; it had four plates of meat, potatoes and veggies on it which he brought for the four of you to eat. But the boys barely even spared him a glance.
“Yeah that’s fair, pick a number between 1 and 10.” Changbin agreed, “we’ll guess and whoever is closest gets share a bed with you.”
___________________________________________________
“Seven is the worst number. Nobody ever picks seven...” Jisung huffs, cheeks puffy with sleep and he pushed the blanket down to crawl under it.
“I know! It’s not fair...” Changbin groaned, sitting beside Jisung taking off his jacket to sleep, “Besides, Chan didn’t even care about where he slept! He shouldn’t have been allowed to guess.”
Chan simply snickered at the boys, who had been pouting and whining for almost thirty minutes about Chan winning the silly game.
“Fair is fair, he guessed the number I was thinking of.” You explained for the hundredth time, to which the other two boys let out a groan in agreement.
“Seven is stupid.” Jisung mumbled again, eyes closed and sleepiness evident in his voice, which made you smile. Changbin laid beside him, to which Jisung immediately turned and wrapped his arms around the older male. 
“Goodnight boys.” You called, to which Changbin and Jisung grunted, snuggling up together to get some warmth. It wasn’t long before you could hear the heavy breathing of them sleeping comfortably. You opened the blankets to crawl under the covers when you hear Chan putting his boots on.
“Where are you going?” You asked, staring at him from across the room. He was only illuminated by the fireplace; if you didn’t know any better, you’d find the man standing there almost scary.
“Going down to see if I can get some local information on the beast we are fighting.” He said simply, smiling softly at you, “I won’t be long, so get some rest.”
“Do you want me to come?” You asked starting to get out of bed only for Chan to stop you.
“No, it’s alright. I’ll be back, okay?” He said gently, and with that he left, closing the door behind him. You laid back down, closing your eyes and listening to the crackling of the fireplace and small snores from Jisung. But you couldn’t help but think of Chan and if he was safe; bad thoughts of him getting in trouble and you being asleep wandered through your head.
Sighing, you got up and opened one of the windows for some fresh air. You could hear the faint chattering of the tavern downstairs, which was good; you still went and cracked the door open just a bit to hear better. If Chan got into trouble, you wanted to know about it. Next, you lit the candle that was on the nightstand and grabbed your book of spells from your knapsack and brought it back to bed where you read it.
If you were to be awake, it was best to be productive, right?
You flipped through the pages, only yawning and rubbing your eyes occasionally. Most of the spells in the book you had mastered, as you’ve read this volume maybe a dozen times now. It was hard to practice a lot of them though, as they required a lot of open space and a subject to use them on.
A few hours go by until the door opens quietly and your eyes snap up to see Chan standing in the doorway. The fireplace was all but embers at this hour, so you could barely make out his figure as he closed the door gently behind him as not to make noise.
“Hey Chan.” You mumbled, yawning. You felt at ease now that he was back and safe.
“Hey, why are you still awake?” he asked with a voice barely above a whisper, taking his boots and cloak off and coming over to the bed. By the light of your candle, you could see him much better now, eyes tired and a smile that showed off his dimples present on his face.
“Couldn’t sleep with you out by yourself, so I’m reading.” You said simply. Chan sat beside you and you scooted closer to him, placing your head on his shoulder.
“What are you reading?” He asked, although he already knew the answer. He leaned his head onto yours, squishing his cheek against it; he would often do this when you sat next to each other. Just his way to show affection you supposed.
“My spell book.” You hummed, glancing down at the pages. Chan wrapped and arm around your shoulder and pulled you even closer him, his big frame bringing comfort to you as you relaxed into him.
“You should rest now, you look sleepy.” He said, pulling the book from your lap only for you to grab onto it tightly.
“Let me finish this section first.” You said, to which Chan let go of the book, allowing you to pull it back into your lap, “It’s only a few pages. It wont take long.”
“I’ll stay up with you until you finish.” He said, and when you started to protest he shushed you, “It wont take long, right? So I’ll be sleeping in no time.” He chuckled deep in his chest and you smiled, enjoying being close to Chan. 
You went to reading, looking down at the ink-work on the pages. However, within minutes, Chan could hear your small snores and he smiled to himself at how cute you were. He slowly pulled the book from your grasp, reaching over to set it on the nightstand before blowing out the candle. He gently removed you from his shoulder to lay you down onto his chest, to which you naturally wrapped your arms around him. 
Chan felt his heart beat faster and his face grew warm, as he held you close to him. Secretly, he was really happy about winning your silly game, because it was comfortable and nice to have you in his arms while you rested.
“Night (Y/N).” He hummed contently, placing a kiss on your forehead and letting himself fall asleep too.
___________________________________________________
You woke up to a gentle shake of your shoulder, with the sun peeking right over the horizon and flooding into the room you were staying in.
“Come on (Y/N).” Jisung whispered, hand still on your shoulder, “We gotta get going now.” You groaned, pulling the soft blanket above your head. It had felt like you just fell asleep but it was already time to leave?
“(Y/N), the boys are already downstairs waiting for us,” Jisung reasoned; He tried to pull you up by grasping onto your shoulders, only for him to flop down and crush you with his weight when you refused to sit up.
“Just a bit longer, please.” You whined, taking your hands out from under the covers to hold onto Jisung tightly, not allowing him to stand up. He sighed, squeezing you gently as he relished in having you in his arms this morning because he couldn’t last night.
“As much as I appreciate this hug right now, we have to leave if we are gonna get to the Dark Woods and back on time.” He chuckled, patting your back and leaning you up, taking you with him.
You grumbled and let him go, wiping the sleep from your eyes.
“Besides, Changbin already packed up all your stuff for you this morning and put it by the door, so you just gotta get your shoes on.” Jisung explained, fixing your hair endearingly and nodding towards the door.
“Awful nice of him.” You mumbled sleepily, before getting out of bed and stretching your arms. You got your boots on and put on your knapsack, before finally grabbing your staff and opening the door. Jisung cooed at you for getting up, saying things like ‘good job’ and ‘I know you’re tired’ and you smiled at his thoughtfulness.
“Finally, sleeping beauty is awake!” Changbin teased when you came down the stairs. You rolled your eyes at him, used to his antics. Chan handed you an apple, saying breakfast was on the road today.
“Lets get going.” You agreed, biting into the apple, “lead the way, Tracker Man.” Chan smiled at the nickname, but nonetheless started the trek east. It was silent for the most part, aside from Jisung humming a tune and the crunch of your apple.
It wasn’t long until you finally got to the edge of the city when you finally made some conversation.
“So, do you guys know what kind of monster we are dealing with or..?” You asked, kicking at pebbles on the dirt road as you walked. 
“Well, from what I learned last night at the tavern,” Chan began, talking over his shoulder at you, “Rumor has it the beast is something big. I heard stories of it eating whole horses.”
“We already knew that, silly.” Jisung said matter-of-factly, earning a glare from the eldest, “The duchess said it was big.”
“Yeah but I didn’t think that big!” You complained, feeling a bit nervous about the nature of your opponent, “What else Chan?”
“I heard a story that one of the farmers warded it off with a torch, so maybe it’s afraid of fire?” Chan said, but you could hear the pout in his voice, “But I can’t know for sure how effective that is without knowing what kind of monster we are dealing with.”
“I don’t care what it is, I’ll kick it’s ass all the same.” Changbin said proudly, smirking while lacing his fingers together to stretch his arms out in front of him.
“That’s because you do the same thing for everything we fight: swing your claymore around and hope you don’t take one of our heads off.” Jisung teased, earning a scowl from Changbin, but it quickly changed into a tiny grin when you giggled along with the jokes.
“I do not!” Changbin half-whined half-giggled, nudging Jisung with his elbow, “I’ll have you all know, I’m very calculated and tactical when in battle.”
“Oh yeah? You ‘calculated’ hitting the tree and one of the big heavy branches falling on my foot while we were fighting a pack of goblins in the forests on the edge of NCity?” Chan asked in a playful tone, eyebrows raised as Changbin tried to defend himself.
“How was I supposed to know the branch would fall if I hit the tree! If anything, you should have just moved before it fell.” Changbin shouted, crossing his arms and lips pulled into a pout, “Besides, Jisung healed you up well and you were fine within an hour.”
“Not to mention, last I checked, you were the one to call for Changbin’s help that day anyways.” You said with a cheeky smile, before wrapping your arm around Changbin’s shoulders, “He was just trying to help, so don’t be so picky about it.”
“You wont be saying that when its your foot getting crushed by a stray swing of Changbin’s claymore.” Chan reasoned, huffing out a sigh, but smile gracing his face nonetheless.
_________________
After a rather uneventful week of travelling on foot, you finally reached the little village of Alsea the evening of your seventh day; it was a river-fishing village that bordered the Dark Woods. Chan thought it would be best to stay for the evening, get more information from locals about the monster, as well as be fully rested and regain the most strength for a battle.
“Alright, it’s best if we split up.” Chan suggested as you entered a crowded pub. The air smelled of mud and rainwater, as it was a hot spot for many of the local fisherman to visit after work.
“Me and Bin will go talk to some of the tougher looking fellows over there,” Chan explained, pointing to a corner where there seemed to be an arm wrestling competition going on, “You two should go ask the barkeep and see what they know. We’ll meet up in an hour or so and go to bed, alright?”
“Sounds good, c’mon (Y/N)!” Jisung said with a nod, pulling you in the direction of the bar. You waved over your shoulder at Chan and Changbin, before following Jisung through the crowded pub to make it to the bar. You hopped up on one of the stools, Jisung settling down beside you.
“Excuse me, Sir.” Jisung called to the bar-hand over the chatter and music of the loud pub. He was young, and handsome if you do say so yourself. He looked up at the two of you, putting down the rag he had been cleaning the bar with, “We’ll have an ale for me and a glass of wine for my partner here please.”
“Right away, Boss.” The bar-hand said with a nod, preparing the drinks before serving you both. He grinned at you, looking you up and down and making your face heat up a bit from the attention.
“Here you are.” He almost purred, sliding the glass towards you and handing Jisung the mug of ale he ordered, “Enjoy.”
Jisung frowned, grabbing his drink and taking a swig of it before scooting closer to you.
“This place is pretty busy,” You said sweetly, “Is every night like this?”
“Usually, but it’s much more busy when the snow comes around,” The bar-hand replied, “I guess folks are wanting to find a way to stay warm, and the atmosphere and alcohol help.” You hummed, taking a sip of your drink. The bar-hand eyed you closely, biting his lip bottom lip as you swallowed the drink. It made Jisung feel sick they way he was watching you.
“What brings a pretty individual like yourself into these parts? Alsea isn’t really a tourist spot.” The bar-hand asked, brushing his hair away from his face. Before you could answer, Jisung slung his arm around your waist and pulled you into him, causing you to let out a little squeak in surprise.
“We are actually on our honeymoon, isn’t that right, darling?” He replied in a passive aggressive tone, frowning at the man behind the bar before plastering a fake smile on his face.
You resisted the urge to chuckle at Jisung’s behavior, but nonetheless leaned closer to him and nodded. Playing pretend doesn’t hurt anyone, besides, its a fun idea for you to tease Jisung....
“Yes dearest, and what a lovely honeymoon it’s been! I thought we were going to get lost on the way here though, with all the detours you decided to take us on.” You laughed, trying to keep your voice even. You playfully hit Jisung’s leg, making him chuckle and look at you teasingly. Game on.
“I only took detours because I wanted to get here as fast as possible for my love. ” Jisung confessed(?) while dragging his hand along your waist, earning a sarcastic pout from you before he turned back to to the bar-hand, who looked a bit annoyed now, “And it was lucky I did because this is the only town before hitting the woods. We would have missed meeting this fine gentleman if not for my detours.”
“Well how sweet of you, dearest.” You sighed, downing your drink and placing a kiss on Jisung’s cheek. It quickly burned red and Jisung prayed he kept his expression at least a little bit under control. You smirked and turned to the bar-hand and smiled politely while you pushed your empty glass towards him, “We are headed out east through the Dark Woods. I heard it’s lovely this time of year.”
The bar-hand cleared his throat, regaining a bit of his composure before giving a fake smile at the two of you.
“Under normal circumstances, it is.” He confirmed, grabbing you glass and putting on the counter behind him, “But I wouldn’t recommend going there now. There is rumor of a monster that lurks there.”
“Oh really? What kind of monster?” Jisung asked boldly leaning on the bar and drinking from his glass. A bit of a direct question to ask the bar-hand, but at least it was useful.
“Nobody really knows.” The bar-hand replied, face serious and voice in a hushed tone and he leans closer to the two of you, “from what I’ve heard, it came down from the northern mountains, and its bigger than anything we’ve ever seen come from the woods.”
“do you know anyone who has actually seen it?” You probed, chewing nervously at your bottom lip as the bar-hand shook his head.
“Nobody who has gotten a good look at it has lived to tell about it.” The bar-hand replied solemnly, before sighing and brushing his hair away from his face once again.
The seriousness of this monster made your anxiety shoot through the roof. It was obvious by now this would be no easy feat to kill the beast, but the more you heard about it, the more it sounded impossible.
The atmosphere felt cold and you felt a sudden warm hand on yours. Turning to Jisung, you felt him squeeze your hand comfortingly as he smiled at the bar-hand.
“Well, maybe it’s best we don’t go through there for our honeymoon, Love.” Jisung teased, finally looking back at you with a gentle grin. He wrapped his arm around you once more, and you could feel your anxiety melt away, just for this moment.
“Well, I agree. The two of you should pick another route. Sorry you traveled here for your plans to be ruined, but better safe than sorry!” The bar-hand hummed. Jisung took some gold pieces out of his pocket to pay for your drinks, thanking the bar-hand.
The two of you hopped down off the stools, but Jisung didn’t let go of you. He held your waist firm and lead you towards the center of the tavern where it was cleared out to dance. A man was playing the fiddle and while a woman sang some folk song.
“Care to dance, Love?” Jisung asked, teasing smile on his face as he turned you to face him. You nodded and slipped you hand into his empty one and reached up to grasp at his shoulder. You began to sway around to the music, carefully avoiding others who also decided to come out and dance.
“You know, you played a very convincing jealous newlywed.” You chuckled, pulling Jisung closer to you so you could whisper in his ear, “I almost thought you were jealous for real.”
The two of you continued to dance, spinning and stepping around the space smoothly. Jisung let out a sarcastic laugh, rolling his eyes at you before leaning in to whisper to you.
“I was jealous.” He argued flatly, tightening his grip on you once again, “That stupid bar-hand was practically drooling on the counter looking at you. I didn’t like it.”
“Oh, you didn’t?” You scoffed playfully, shaking your head at him. He let his annoyance play just slightly on his face, causing you to smile, “I couldn’t tell.”
The song ended, and Jisung pulled away slightly. He still held onto your hand as he gazed at you with a slight grin on his face. He placed a quick kiss to you hand, thanking you for the dance. You let out a squeal of surprise at the action as you swatted at him with your other hand. You both laughed at each other, walking away from the dance floor as another song started.
“Let’s go find the other two knuckleheads.” You suggested, holding onto Jisung’s hand as you weaved through the crowd looking for your companions.
You approached the table at the back with a crowd formed around it, shouts and cheers heard just barely over all the other commotion of the pub. You pushed your way through to see what all the excitement was about; you couldn’t say you were surprised at what you found...
Sitting in one of the chairs was Changbin, who was locked in an intense arm wrestling match with one of the biggest fisherman you’ve ever seen. You let out a laugh when you see Changbin yawn before he effortlessly slams the fisherman’s hand down on the table. The crowd of men cheers as Changbin celebrated his victory.
“Why am I not surprised..” Jisung sighed, as you just patted his cheek soothingly and shoved your way to the table.
“Who’s next?” Changbin boasts, making a ‘come here’ motion with his hand, “Who dares challenge me?” When he caught sight of you, His expression lit up and he swatted at Chan, who stood behind his chair monitoring the whole ordeal. By the looks of it, he also seemed to be making bets on Changbin, as he was handed a small pouch by one of the fishermen. When Chan saw you, his expression mirrored Changbin’s as he smiled and waved you over.
Another man sat down across from Changbin, his arms the size of one of your legs; it was a mystery on how he even got into the building as he looked to be bigger than the doorway.
You and Jisung slinked your way over to where Chan stood, greeting him before looking at Changbin.
“Who invited Goliath?” Jisung asked in a hushed tone, swallowing as he gazed at the big man across from Changbin. 
Chan folded his arms across his chest and hummed. “I saw him earlier when we entered. I thought it was only a matter of time before he came to challenge Bin.”
Changbin sat unwavering, grasping hands with the beast of a man. He glanced up at you, to which you gave him a firm, but encouraging look. That seemed enough to give Changbin confidence, as he looked back at the man with determination.
“You guys seem to have been working hard at finding information out.” You mumbled sarcastically to Chan. The other fisherman were chattering, placing their bets as the two strong men prepared for their battle.
“We got a bit.” Chan protested, taking his eyes off of Changbin to look at the two of you, “But I’m starting to think this fisherman is our beast...”
You and Jisung chuckled at Chan’s joke, looking back to your friend to support him and cheer him on in this seemingly impossible feat. Changbin was the strongest person you knew! Surely this big scary man was no match for him!
______________________________
“I can’t believe it was over in three seconds!” Changbin whined as he flopped down on the bed, “my pride is more hurt than my arm!”
“So you don’t want me to massage your shoulder then?” Jisung asked teasingly, only for Changbin to grunt out a ‘no, please’. Jisung snickered, sitting down beside the dishearten man and began to gently rub his shoulder; an aura of blue coming up from his hands, causing Changbin to groan out in delight.
With the winnings from the bets on Changbin, Chan purchased a stay in the inn down the street. It wasn’t as nice as the tavern in Miroh, but it was much nicer than sleeping outside. Besides, you were going into the woods tomorrow to fight whatever this thing was, so it was best to get a good rest.
“Okay, so we know it’s big, it’s furry so probably mammalian, it’s prone to fire, and it’s supposedly from the north.” Chan hummed, tapping his chin lightly as he looked through one of his journals that he kept for monster information.
“Could it be a Worg?” You asked, looking up from a different journal of Chan’s to see him shake his head no.
“Worgs are usually bound to the plains, never up north or the forest.” He replied, flipping through the pages as he sat down on the other bed, frown on his face.
“Maybe it’s not from the north?” Jisung offered, turning to look at the two of you as he gently smoothed his hands offer Changbin’s shoulder, “I mean, it’s just rumored to be from the north.”
“I guess...” You hummed, closing the journal to hand it back to Chan as you yawned, “Whatever it is, we at least have a general idea of what it could look like and how we should attack it.”
“Yeah, we should rest up instead of worrying about whatever this mystery creature is.” Changbin suggested, voice muffled by the pillows. Jisung stood up, allowing Changbin to rise, “Besides, as long as we all have each other’s back, we can take on anything.”
“Like that fisherman you lost to?” Chan teased, causing Changbin to grunt, throwing a pillow at his companion. Jisung let out a laugh, earning a second pillow being thrown at his head.
“If I had all of your guys’ strength too, I could have won!” Changbin huffed, catching the pillow as Chan tossed it back to him and laying it under his head.
“I think that’s why we work so good together. We all have different strengths and we can depend of each other.” You said sincerely, going over to pick up the pillow at Jisung’s feet and bring it over to where Changbin laid.
“How endearing!” Jisung cooed before frowning, “I think I’m going to puke.” You chuckled, taking your jacket off and setting it on the chair beside the edge of the bed, pulling out the covers.
“Hang on, how come Bin get’s to sleep next to you!?” Jisung whined, coming over to your side and holding onto your hand.
“Because I slept next to Chan in the last inn and we got to play newlyweds earlier.” You replied with a grin; Jisung resembled a puppy in this moment, lip stuck out in a pout., “It’s Changbin’s turn.”
“And you had the audacity to shame us on how much information we were gathering...” Chan tutted, looking to Changbin as if to say ‘can you believe them?’. Jisung paid them no mind as he held onto your hand with both of his, almost pleading.
“Yeah, we’re newlyweds! Shouldn’t we sleep together?” Jisung bargained, “Besides, I hate sleeping with Chan! He drools and snores so loud!” Chan let out an offended protest as Changbin simple pushed Jisung away from the bed.
“(Y/N) said it’s my turn.” Changbin said matter-of-factly, causing Jisung to frown as Changbin slipped under the covers too. He laid on his back with a smug grin; an open invitation for you to lay on his broad chest.
“Next time.” You promised apologetically, blowing out the candle on you bedside table as Jisung sighed in defeat. He trudged over to Chan’s bed with a disappointed ‘fine’ falling from his lips
“Next time, I’ll just get us a room with one king sized bed and we can all sleep together if it’s going to be this big of a problem!” Chan scolded like a parent, opening up the covers for Jisung to crawl under.
“I’d rather eat one of Changbin’s sweaty socks than be trapped between all three of you.” You grimaced, causing the boys to chuckle. 
“Goodnight.” Chan called out, blowing out the candle and sliding down in the bed. Jisung latched onto him a bit too quickly for someone who “hated sleeping with Chan” in your opinion, but the two of them seemed to relax, as their forms sunk into the mattress.
You laid down, ready to sleep close to Changbin so he would keep you heated; he seemed like he still wanted to be playful, as he flipped over so his back was facing you, tugging all the blankets with him.
You lightly smacked his back before shifting so that you were flush against him. You tugged some of the blankets back over to you before you buried your face against his shoulder blades and draped an arm over his stomach to keep him close.
Changbin laced his hand over yours, keeping it in place as he relaxed into the bed, letting out a gentle sigh. He whispered out a ‘goodnight’ to you; you hummed in response, nuzzling into him. You then allowed yourself to fall asleep under the gentle thrumming of his heartbeat. 
_______________________________
Branches crackled under your boots as you trudged along; The canopies of the trees stretched far above your head, forming almost a roof that blocked sunlight due to haw thick the overgrowth was. but despite the lack of sunlight, much of the forest floor was overrun with many different species of flora.
“Ow! Son of a bitch...” Jisung mumbled, hitting the bramble he was standing in with his sword and instinctively bringing one of his hands up and shaking it. He picked out the thorn that seemingly was stuck into his finger and grumbled.
“Hey Chan, isn’t there another path that isn’t so.... poke-y?” Changbin asked, looking down at the bushes that came up to your waist.
Chan was leading you through the Dark Woods, following a seemingly invisible trail to your beast. The eldest turned back from his place at the front of the line, frowning at you all.
“Yeah, I’d assume so.” He answered simply before waving his long sword towards the bushels in front of him, “But based on these markings, this is the way the beast went. So I’m following that.”
“I can’t see anything?” Jisung huffed, his hand covered in a slight blue aura for only a moment before he shook it again to loosing his joints. 
“That’s because you’re not a tracker,” Chan replied, rolling his eyes, cutting more of a path in front of him and continuing on, “Now quit complaining and lets go.”
“Let me go right behind Chan,” You suggested, squeezing past Jisung; you whispered a simple spell into the top of your staff, causing it to start to smoke. You grabbed it three quarters of the way down, tipping the top into the bushes to burn the edges, creating a more clear path.
“That should be better.” You hummed in delight, sweeping your staff from side to side as you walked, careful not to linger in one place too long lest to light the whole forest on fire. The two boys behind you let out grunts in agreement and you continued the trek deeper into the woods.
It was calm for a while, with the four of you just listening to the stillness of the air and the sounds of you and Chan making a path before you finally decided to speak.
“Chan, if you’re following a track made by the beast, you must have some idea of what it is, right?” You asked, careful not to burn the ankles of the man in front of you as he stopped abruptly. 
He was quiet, looking out into the woods; you followed suit, dissolving your magic and silently coming closer to him, placing a timid hand on his shoulder as not to scare him. He didn’t move, eyes squinting to see farther into the distance.
Suddenly Chan crouched, whispering out a frantic “Get down!” at the three of you; you quickly comply, crouching low beneath the underbrush as your heart rate increased rapidly. Jisung and Changbin shuffle their way over to the two of you, close enough to hear their breathing as you all waited for Chan to explain anything that was going on.
That’s when you heard it; A distant thumping. It sounded like footsteps coming closer and closer to your party.
“Chan....” Jisung whimpered slightly, gripping the hilt of his sword, “What is that sound?”
The ground shook with each step the beast took; you tried to peak through the foliage to see what it was, but it was nowhere to be found. The footsteps seemed to be getting very close now, the crunching of branches loud as you could hear the beast. 
Chan looked pale, holding a shaky finger up to his lips to tell you all to be quiet. He slowly removed the black bow he carried to notch an arrow in it. Changbin prepared his claymore, gripping it tightly with both hands, his expression stone cold.
And then, the footsteps stopped.
The air was silent, the only sound you could hear was the rushing of blood in your ears and the breath of your party members. The once calming stillness of the woods had now bred a tense atmosphere, causing a sense of unease to wash over you all as the silence continued.
You shifted you weight with uncertainty, looking up and around to try and get even a glimpse in the right direction before your eyes fell on Chan, who was gazing at the three of you with a look of concern.
And then it happened in a flash
The bramble around you peeling back, a loud roar that causing a great ringing in your ears and Jisung flying up towards the sky helplessly in the grasp of this great beast, screaming and flailing around in distress.
It’s fur was snow white as it stood on two powerful legs; it was easily 10 feet tall, gnarled teeth and small eyes pulled into an aggressive expression as it roared out again, brown spit flying from its mouth. You gazed in horror as his grey meaty hand held Jisung by the ankle.
A Yeti.
Jisung!” You cried out, quick to stand and try to conjure a spell with your staff; But just as quickly as you reacted, the Yeti was faster, swatting you into a nearby tree with the back of it’s other flat hand, sending you tumbling down through the sharp branches while knocking the wind out of you and sending your staff flying.
Chan shot his arrow, landing it directly into the knuckle of the beast’s middle finger; it reacted by letting Jisung go, dropping him into the thick bushes below with a crunch. The yeti let out an anguished cry, balling its fist to crush Chan, but he leapt out of the way and helped Jisung stand.
Changbin quickly dove between it’s legs, slashing at it’s knees with his claymore. The beast turned and swatted at Changbin; it missed it’s mark, slamming it’s hand into a tree and sending one of the large branches down on the ground.
It grasped it’s newfound weapon and swung it around at the ground, nearly taking Chan’s head off if he would have held it just a bit higher.
“Chan, what is this thing?!” Changbin barked, ducking his head as the yeti swung his tree club at him, “and how to we beat it!!?”
“Yeti!” Chan shouted, notching another arrow and shooting it at the monster’s face; it was unfortunately blocked by the tree branch it weld, but not without the yeti bellowing at Chan and attempting to crush him with its foot. The oldest jumped out of the way, pushing Jisung down with him.
The beast threw its branch away, slamming it into another tree as it let out another booming roar and leaned forward, placing it’s knuckles on the ground in front of it.
You coughed, a groan of pain escaping your lips as you sat up and clutched your back; the pain was indescribable as it took the brunt of the impact, not to mention your skin was also cover in cuts from the sharp branches you fell through. Your vision was a blurry still from the initial impact, but once it cleared up a bit, you were able to see Changbin slicing once more at the yeti, getting a good cut in at its hip area. This small victory was short lived, as the beast reacted on instinct and swatted at him, sending him flying a few feet into the nearby bramble.
Chan was able to use this time to climb up into one of the trees and get a good angle on the yeti with his bow. He got one good hit in on the yeti’s shoulder before it caught sight of him and grabbed at his legs, pulling him from the tree and shaking his body until he dropped his weapon.
Jisung went to help Changbin, clutching his sword tightly as he ducked into the overgrowth and helping Changbin up; he seemed to recover fast, moving to stand at Jisung's side.
“This isn’t working!” Jisung cried out as he slashed at the yeti, trying to get it to drop Chan. The beast tried to kick at Jisung, but the healer dodged to the side in the last second before scrambling back to his feet.
“Fire!” Chan yelled, beating the yeti’s fingers with his fists as the beast flailed him about, much too distracted with trying to get Jisung, “yetis hate fire!”
You blinked rapidly, processing what Chan was shouting about.
Fire...
Fire!
You could make fire! all you needed was-
“My staff,” You mumbled, looking around frantically for the object. You pushed aside some bushes, crawling around on the ground searching for the one thing you needed to help your party.
You finally found it, laying ten feet away on some gnarled tree roots. It looked to be damaged; a big crack running along the length of it. But it would work for now.
You used it to stand tall, trying to ground yourself despite your state; you willed all the power you could into it, conjuring up a bright ball of white hot fire with one of the most advanced spells you knew. You weren’t sure how strong it would be, as you’d only performed this spell once and that was in your best condition and a fully functioning staff...
The ball grew, sending waves of heat outwards before you launched it into the yeti’s back, setting its white fur ablaze. It howled in pain, dropping Chan ungracefully and starting to slap its back to put the fire out.
Unfortunately for you, the raw power of that spell send burning embers down the crack in your staff, effectively breaking the tool for good as it slightly crumbled in your hand.
What now?
Shit! It was risky for any warlock to try and do a spell without a magic tool to direct their power.
But you had no other option as of now and you needed to help the boys.
“Fuck you!” You spat angrily as threw your broken staff to the side and picked up a branch that had fallen from one of the trees; using a different, less complicated spell, you shakily conjured a weak flame and lit the tip of the branch on fire. You then lunged forward with all your strength, using the branch like an inferno-covered spear to stab at the beast.
You continue to push it back, burning it’s grey skin until you reach Chan, allowing his to recover a bit and grab for his bow that he dropped earlier. He placed a gentle hand on the small of your back before moving to the side of you.
The other two boys had seemingly made fire, Changbin wielding a burning branch covered in foliage with Jisung behind him readying his weapon.
The beast roared swatting at both you and Changbin with it’s hands, however still trying to maintain a distance between it and the fire you held. It looked to be backing away from you as you closed in on it.
Chan slung his bow around his shoulder and unsheathed a longsword before shouting “I have an idea! I need (Y/N) and Changbin to focus the fire down to the undergrowth and make a perimeter. We can’t let it get away!”
You and Changbin exchanged a knowing look, nodding at Chan before you sprang into action. You dipped you flame covered branch down into the bushes and ran around to make a big circle. As you did this, Chan kept the yeti’s attention by swinging at it with his sword, Jisung coming to help the ranger by diving between its legs to appear next to Chan.
You finally met up with Changbin about 5 feet behind the beast, giving it very little room to maneuver without stepping in the fire.
“You look like shit.” Changbin exclaimed, seeing the state you were in with scratches and sweat covering your body.
“Thanks?!” You replied simply, tossing the broken branch into the already blazing inferno creating a perimeter.
Changbin unsheathed his claymore before calling out, “What now Chan?”
“Now we all close in and attack it with everything we have!” The eldest shouted, already starting to move in and stab at the yeti with his sword. Changbin let out a yell before rushing the beast, using both his hands to swing his large weapon at it’s waist. Jisung let out a shout too, using his sword to attack near the beast's legs.
You reached for the only weapon you carried, a dagger that sat on your hip.
But before you were able to charge, you felt a wave of pain wash over you from the center of you back; it spread like electricity all across your body, making you feel weak in the knees.
Your vision grew spotted, with the sounds and sights of your friends going in and out of focus.
Ah shit...
that stupid monster really did a number on you...
And with that high level spell on a broken staff, your body was spent.
Falling to the ground you try and stabilize yourself with your hands;
But it was no use as you slumped forward and pass out.
------
When you finally came to, the sky was dark and the only sound that filled your ears was the crackling of campfire and the soft humming of a folk-song.
You felt a strong pair of arms wrapped tenderly around your frame as you laid in the comfortable lap of one of your dearest companions.
"You should be resting." Changbin whispered, delicately brushing a stray hair from your face, "Although I'm thankful to see you have some life in you."
"What happened?" You mumbled, turning your head to look around. you seemed to be at a makeshift camp, with Jisung laying on a soft bedroll sleeping as still as humanly possible. In contrast, Chan was sat up against a tree, arms crossed and eyes shut, but seemingly asleep as well.
Your boys were safe, that's good.
You drew your attention back up to Changbin, who just stroked your upper arm comfortingly. His face has a few cuts on it and his shirt seemed to be torn, with quite a few massive bruises covering his arms.
"We beat the beast, everything is okay. You fainted, but Jisung healed you up good." Changbin relayed in a hushed tone, gazing at you softly. You frown, weakly reaching your hand up to touch one of the scratches on his face.
"He didn't heal you?" You asked, voice trembling. Your arm felt heavy as Changbin grabbed your hand, placing a kiss on it and returning it to your side.
"Couldn't." Changbin replied simply, keeping a warm hold on your hand, "You were so badly injured he used up all his energy to heal you."
Changbin's voice shook slightly as he looked away. You could see the wetness of his eyes reflecting the light of the fire as he tried not to let out a tear.
"Hey, I'm okay." You whispered, squeezing his hand.
"I was scared we were going to lose you." Changbin admits, biting his bottom lip to keep it from quivering. You could hear the fear in his tone, which broke your heart. Using all the strength you could muster, you sit up, wincing ever so slightly at the ache in your back. You scoot closer to Changbin before you engulf him in a hug, holding onto him as if he would shatter.
"I know, but I'm alright now." You affirmed, reaching to gently stroke his hair as the usual barbarian let out a quiet sob into your shoulder. He carefully wrapped his arms around you and pulled you to sit in his lap. Changbin wanted to hold you as close as possible, worried you would be gone of he let you go.
You couldn't help but feel at ease in his grasp, melting into his touch as you tried to soothe him with hushes and adoring touches on his hair and back.
You both sat like this for a while, not a sound passing between the two of you besides Changbin's shaky breaths. When he finally did let you go, you placed a quick kiss on his cheek, right where a cut laid. Wordlessly, you kissed another, and then the other.
"There, all better." You joked with a cheesy grin. Changbin chuckled at you, before you cringed from another sudden wave of pain.
"You should rest." Changbin hummed, shifting so he sat up more straight, "I have to keep watch for a bit longer, but I want you to sleep right here with me, okay?"
He helped you lay back down in his lap before he reached for his blanket that was rolled up by his pack. He covered you lovingly with it, keeping his arms around you to make sure you were warm.
"We have a long trip ahead of us tomorrow, so sleep well." Changbin wished. You hummed in response, closing your eyes and grasping onto the hem of the blanket.
"Sorry I wasn't much help fighting today. I'll be better tomorrow." You apologized, letting yourself relax in the safe embrace Changbin provided.
"Nonsense," Changbin reassured you, voice barely above a whisper, "You were brilliant today."
"Thanks Bin. Goodnight."
"Goodnight (Y/N)"
---------
"I can't believe you guy's were cuddling again." Jisung let out a huff, blue healing magic from his hands rubbing the bruises out of Changbin's skin.
"You were out cold too! You wouldn't have even known if (Y/N) slept beside you." Changbin argued, shaking his head at the healer and offering up his left arm for treatment.
"Even if he was awake, there was no way you were gonna let them go." Chan teased, turning to whisper to you, "He wouldn't leave your side from the moment you passed out. Not even while Jisung healed you."
"Knowing Changbin, I'm not surprised." You giggled, packing up your things relatively slowly; Your whole body still ached, but you were sure you'd be alright after a long rest, "I think its endearing how much of a big softie he is."
"Doesn't matter, it was my turn." Jisung grumbles under his breath. a pout played on his face as he finished up healing Changbin. The latter stood, saying a small thanks before he started to pack up his belongings.
Soon the four of you were all but ready to go. The fire was getting stomped out by Jisung, while Changbin made sure the monstrous yeti head was secured in a burlap sack.
You weren't entirely sure if the duchess meant it genuinely when she said she wanted its head, but better safe than sorry in your opinion. maybe she wanted to mount it as a trophy of the victory for her people? And if not, it would be entertaining to see her face when you brought it to her.
Changbin began the trek ahead, hoisting his things over his broad shoulders and making a move to go ahead and lead. You tried to tie the end of your bag to secure it, but you couldn't stop the trembling in your fingers enough to complete the fine motor skill. it frustrated you that you weren't back to your peak performance yet.
Jisung's healing can only do so much, especially when it came to magical damage; sure, your body was sore, but there was an underlying weakness that came from casting a spell without your staff. In the heat of the moment you didn't feel the toll due to adrenaline and being in survival mode.
A stick with no magical properties was better than casting a spell with nothing, but you would still pay the price for using such a common item with no embedded magic; weakness, fatigue, muscle spasms, and a whole plethora of other possible side effects was inevitable. Luckily it would fade as time went on, but it didn't make you feel any less of a burden now.
"Let me help you with that." Chan suggested warmly, crouching down and tying your bag closed quickly. You thanked him, moving to sling the bag over your shoulder as you stood. But before you could grab it, Chan lifted it and tossed it to Jisung, who gracefully caught it and slung it over his shoulder.
"Ready to go?" The healer hummed, smiling at you.
"I can carry my own bag." You huffed in annoyance; you began to walk over to Jisung to take it back when Chan grabbed your arm, stopping you in place.
"Nah, there is no way you're lugging that all the way back." Chan insisted, before nodding to Jisung with a grin, "Besides, Jisung strong. what's an extra couple pounds?"
"This feels like nothing to me!" Jisung piped up, adjusting it with ease on his shoulder.
"Fine." You replied, knowing it was better to pick your battles when it came to Chan when he made a decision.
"Great." The eldest responded, before turning around and patting his shoulder, "Now hop on so we can get going."
Oh... this was a battle to pick!
"What? No! I can walk just fine." You argued, patting Chan's shoulders. When he turned back around, a frown played on his face as he crossed his arms over his chest in classic Chan fashion.
"Really? Because you could barely even stand up on your own." Chan reasoned, tone firm before his eyes softened ever so slightly, "I'm sure you could walk the entire journey if we had all the time in the world. You're strong."
"But we don't." He finalized, turning around and crouching down, speaking over his shoulder, "We have to get a move on and we don't have time for you to lag behind so I'm going to carry you."
You groaned; mostly because you knew Chan was right, as per usual... You would slow the party down and you didn't have time for it if you were going to meet the duchess on time. The least you could do at this point is not hold everyone up.
"What's taking you so long? Quit smelling the flowers, we have places to be!" Changbin barked back at you three. You turned to Jisung, who shrugged and went on ahead.
You rolled your eyes and sighed, giving in and climbing onto to Chan's broad back. The man hummed, seemingly pleased by your dismay.
"If you get tired, tell me and I'll make sure I can keep up." You said, almost as a whisper because of how close you were to Chan's ear. He could feel your breath tickle his cheek ever so slight as you rested you head on his shoulder. You felt frail in his grasp, as he made note to try and be and gentle as possible while moving around.
"I won't get tired, don't worry." Chan reassured you, shifting your weight in his strong arms before beginning the long trek back to Miroh. His large hands provided sturdy support to your legs as as he walked, trying to catch up with the other two boys.
You would never admit it, but you were secretly a bit grateful for Chan, as you weren't sure if you truly were strong enough to make the journey without his help. And being secure in his hold, feeling the warmth of his body close the entire trip would definitely a plus, bringing you a sense of ease you couldn't describe.
--------
"I can't believe she's making us wait. I'm tired of hauling this smelly monster head around." Changbin complained, leaning back on his chair.
"You're lucky they let us bring that thing into the tavern." Jisung scoffed, kicking the Yeti's head lightly, "It reeks!"
"That's because it's rotting." Chan said matter-of-factly, shaking his head, "Did you guys expect it to smell like roses?"
"No, of course not!" Changbin said, annoyance ever present in his tone as you grimaced at the head, "I just didn't think it would be this bad!"
The boys continued to bicker back and forth about the head as you sat quietly, picking apart a scone that Felix had baked today. You had begun to regain a bit of strength along the journey, not feeling as sickly as you once were. You were almost certain that a good night's sleep in the inn upstairs would bring you right back to normal.
But you had to wait until the duchess arrived for you to collect your payment before you could do that. But of course she was late, as she didn't seem to care about your time; it was probably negligible in her eyes.
You ate the scone, washing it down with a entire mug of fresh fruit juice before she finally did arrive with two guards in tow. Long after the sun had set, like she agreed, but she showed up nonetheless. And when she did, you swatted at your companions to quit arguing on whether or not rotting head smelt worse is worse than Changbin's armpits.
Chan stood from his spot and bow to the duchess as she approached, "Good evening, My Lady."
"What is that awful smell!" She wrenched, scrunching her nose up and covering it with her wrist.
"The Beast's head, just as you requested, My Lady!" Jisung beamed, standing to bow as well before he presented the duchess with the grotesque thing. You watched as Changbin tried his hardest to keep himself from smiling at her expression.
"Well, I did say I wanted it's head didn't I..." The duchess huffed out, expression sour. with the wave of her hand, one of her guards takes a hold of it and takes it away, finally allowing you to breath fresh air again.
Right, well," The duchess hummed, clasping her hands together, "Might I say well done. My people are safe thanks to you, which is all that matters to me."
"We are also glad such a creature can't terrorize helpless folk, My Lady." Chan agreed, standing up straight with a graceful smale across his face.
"Yeah, super glad." Changbin grunted out, eyebrows furrowed ever so slightly, "anyways, I think it's time you paid us?"
The duchess scowled at Changbin who only smiled tantalizingly at her. "We did what you asked, My Lady." The title sounded patronizing coming out of the his mouth, but it was more so when accompanied by a haphazard nod that you could barely argue as a bow.
"It seems you still have yet to learn manners on all your travels." The duchess sighed, snapping her fingers quickly. The remaining guard pulls a bag out and places it on the table, "Thank you for your service to my kingdom."
With that, the duchess turned and walked away, practically stomping as she exited the tavern.
"Please doing business, My Lady!" Chan shouted after her before taking his seat again. Jisung followed suit, scraping his chair as he opened the bag, dumping the contents onto the table. He tucked the bag away after making sure all the pieces lied safely on the table in a pile.
"Splitting it up? Usually we pool everything together" Changbin asked, as Chan began to count the gold pieces.
The eldest nodded, jutting his head in your direction, "(Y/N) asked if we would this time." You nodded.
It was true, you had asked Chan if the earnings from this job could be split. It was pretty unusual for your group to split up earnings, as you were practically inseparable so you wouldn't make frivolous purchases outside a group setting. But this time, you felt you had a good reason for it.
"It's the most fair in my opinion." You explained, adjusting your bag in your lap, "I need a new staff and you should know that magical items cost a pretty penny. This way, it'll be a purchase that doesn't take away from your guys' funds, since you wouldn't use it anyways."
"That's very kind of you." Jisung said softly, touched at your thoughtfulness. He reached his hand over and held yours, squeezing it as a sort of thank you for your consideration. The moment didn't last long as Chan let out wry laugh.
"That crook, doesn't she have enough?" He scoffed under his breath before shaking his head and looking up at you all, "She scammed us."
"What?" You asked, looking down at the gold pieces; sure enough the piles were quite a bit smaller than expected.
"She only gave us half of what was promised," Chan stated sharply, half in disbelief and half in agitation, "and that's including what was given to use before we left."
"Last time we ever trust a high class cheat ever again!" Changbin growled, slaming his fist on the table. You could practically see the smoke billowing off him as he stood up furiously.
"It's alright, we still have enough to make ends meet." You reasoned, placing a delicate hand on Changbin's arm to calm him down. It does the trick, as he sits back down and folds his arms angrily.
"Yeah, but what about your staff? There is no way your portion will be enough for it..." Jisung said, shoulders slumping as he gazed at you apologetically.
"No, not even close." You sighed, standing and taking your share anyways, "but I'll just have to make do until I have enough. At least we have enough to put warm food in our bellies and a roof over our heads for a bit."
You tried hard to not sound so defeated; you weren't exactly sure how you would be able to practice magic without a magic embedded object to wield, but there was nothing you could do as of now. And truthfully, you had waited long enough for such a disappointment, you felt exhaustion catch up and felt more like something to deal with tomorrow.
Plastering a wistful smile on your face as you stretched your arms over your head. you placed your share in your bag before slinging it over your shoulder haphazardly.
"Where are you off to?" Chan asked, standing too.
"Bed." You said with a tired yawn, jutting your thumb in the direction of the staircase where the inn suites resided, "I'm still recovering, so I think a long rest in a comfy bed is exactly what I need."
"We'll come!" Changbin exclaimed, standing too; you shush him, and shake your head, quickly disagreeing.
"No, you guys should stay out and celebrate! don't pack it in on my behalf." You urged, smile finding its way onto your face as you looked at the three boys. You couldn't help but think about how much you adored them and how special your little family was. Sure, you got swindled, but at least everyone was alright. That's all that mattered to you.
"We defeated a huge beast and lived to tell about it! And we did get paid! Maybe not as much as we had hoped, but enough to have a few drinks and be merry." You encouraged, lips curling into catlike grin.
"(Y/N) right. There is no need to sulk on what we don't have when what we do have is wonderful company and good atmosphere." Chan agreed, cheerful expression slowly growing as he gazed back at you. He stood, grabbing a few gold pieces from his share and pointed to the bar, "First round is on me fellas!"
"Sure, why not!" Changbin agreed, collecting his share and placing it in his wallet.
"Enjoy the night. Be sure to come to bed when you're ready!" You cheered. Chan grinned, pulling you into a hug and placing a chaste kiss on your cheek before he whispered 'goodnight'. The ranger quickly slipped into the crowd, going to barkeep to get refreshments for his companions.
Changbin waved you over and placed a kiss on your other cheek, playfully telling you to dream of him. You agreed, barely able to contain the chuckles that bubbled up in your chest at Changbin's nature.
"Cheer up Jisung!" You laughed, poking the healer with your finger when he stayed slumped in his seat. A pout played on his face as you ruffled his hair, gazing up at you silently from his spot.
"The boys will keep you company, and if that fails, try the scone. perked me right up." You suggested, lightheartedness in your tone as you wave goodbye to the boys.
You scamper up the stairs, entering your usual room at the inn. You close the door behind you with a sigh, making quick work of lighting the fireplace and a few candles so you could see what you were doing as you prepared for bed. You took your boots off, followed by your jacket. You set them off to the side with your bag, trying to keep your things organized.
Just as you crawled into one of the beds, there was a soft knocking at the door. You hummed affirmatively, feeling too tired to get up and check for who it could be. Besides, it was most likely the tavern owners or one of the boys.
The latter was correct as Jisung opened the door, slipping inside before closing it behind him. He stood awkwardly in the middle of the room, much to your amusement.
"I thought I told you not to come to bed on my behalf!" You chuckled, sitting up and letting the covers pool around your waist.
"I didn't!" Jisung exclaimed defensively. He brushed his hair from his forehead as he shifted his weight from foot to foot, repeating his statement much softer now, "I didn't..."
"Then why are you here instead of celebrating, hm?"
"Because!" Jisung looked at the floor bashfully, biting his bottom lip before squeaking out, "it's my turn..."
You're only confused for a minute until you remember what he means. Snickering to yourself you open up the covers, fluffing up the pillow and pat the place beside you.
"Come on then," You invited, causing Jisung to grin joyously as he frantically starts taking off his shoes and jacket. In no time at all, all his outerwear is discarded and he practically leaps into the space beside you.
"Blow out the candle, would you?" You asked in a hushed tone, to which Jisung obliged, leaning away from you for only a moment to do what you asked. He snuggled up to you on his side so that you were facing one another before he wrapped one of his arms around your torso.
"Comfy?" You whispered, to which Jisung replied simply with a 'mmhmm'. "I've been waiting two weeks to not have to sleep beside Sweaty Changbin or Drooling Chan." He sighed dreamily, showing off his gums with a bright smile. You cant help but find him cute as you chuckle at his antics, clutching his shirt as you tuck your hands in the little space between the two of you.
"Hey (Y/N)," Jisung murmered after a few moments. You could feel his breath on your face as he spoke, tickling your flushed cheeks.
"Yeah?" You mumbled, eyes shut as you relaxed into the comfy bed.
"I'm sorry about your staff."
"It's alright. I'll get a new one eventually."
"About that... Me and the boys decided tomorrow we'd go down to the shopping district and pool our earnings together to buy one for you."
Your eyes fluttered open to be face to face with Jisung. His eyes held a sense of fondness in them that touched your heart, "Why would you guys do that? That's not fair to the three of you at all." You asked simply.
"Because we love you." Jisung said, as if he had said it a million times before.
"You do?" You feel your heart race as a well of emotions begins to fill in your chest at the notion.
"Of course we do. Why wouldn't we?"
"I don't know."
"Don't you love us too?"
"Of course I do." You replied delicately.
Because it was true. How could you not love them?
Chan was the leader, kind and thoughtful without fail. He would always try and take care of you, putting your needs over his in any given situation. He always made sure you were comfortable, doing everything in his power to help achieve your happiness and safety. He grew up alone in the mountains, but would brave the elements ten times over if it meant he could do it with you.
Changbin acted tough and strong, but truthfully was the most doting and affectionate of all. He used his strength to protect you from any harm, but when you were, he was adamant about never leaving your side until you are better. He's fight for you no questions asked; He already had his love taken once when he was exiled, he would rather die than have it taken again.
Jisung, a once foreign prince who understood you more than anyone. He was bright and playful, like a dream in a world where you have to fight day in and day out. He would heal you not only with his cheerful nature, but also his natural ability; even to his own detriment sometimes. In his mind, his body could be broken and energy spent up, as long as he was able to see your smile again it was worth it a million times over.
They were your home. Your team.
Of course you loved them.
"I love you all more than you could ever know." You spoke breathlessly, hoping to somehow convey all the feelings stirring up inside you at this moment.
"Good, then it's settled." Jisung said gently. You could tell he was beaming from the way his pitch sounded before he placed a toothy kiss on your forehead, "Now rest up. Big day tomorrow."
"Goodnight Ji." You whispered, not being able to help the corners of your mouth quirking up.
Life as an adventurer was hard; braving the likes of monsters, the elements, and scamming duchesses. But as you laid in Jisung's warm embrace, thinking about all the things you loved about your boys, you knew everything would be just fine, as long as you had each other.
____________________________
A/N: Ending is kind of dodgy/corny cause I'm always awkward when it comes to writing endings, but I finally finished this piece !!! When I tell you it's been in the drafts for l i t e r a l y e a r s... But its done now so hooray! I hope you enjoyed it <3
Also if you're reading this and liked Felix And Your Tavern (the fic I mentioned at the beginning)... I do have a part 2 in my drafts as well, but it has references to this story in it and I wanted to publish this first. So stay tuned for that, as it's not quite ready yet!
41 notes · View notes
daceydeath · 28 days
Text
Creatures of Chaos Masterlist
Tumblr media
Light in the Dark Pairing: Vampire Chan x Human F Reader Genre: Fantasy AU, Word Count: 33.5K Warnings: 18+, Swearing, Supernatural Themes, Drinking, Suggestive Themes
Part 1  Part 2  Part 3  Part 4  Part 5  Final
Light:  (One shot) Pairing: Vampire Chan x Female Reader Genre: Fantasy AU, Smut Word Count: 2.3K Warnings: 18+, Swearing, Marking, Explicit Activities
A Cup of Magic: (One shot) Pairing: Cambion Seungmin x Nymph Reader Genre: Fantasy AU, Fluff, Angst Word Count: 4.5K Warnings: Swearing, Suggestive Themes
You had been best friends for a life time so you were well aware how protective Felix was about you and it had never been an issue until it was one.
(Other members coming soon)
136 notes · View notes
written-in-flowers · 28 days
Text
The Drifter: The Weaved Web (1.01)
Tumblr media
Pairing: Chan x Demon!fem!Reader (future)
Genre: adventure, fantasy, romance, fluff
AU: western!au, fantasy!au, bounty hunter!au,
Word Count: 20k
Overall Summary: A demonic bounty hunter drifts into the sleepy seaside town of Levanter Bay, and there is where she finally finds a real home.
Tags: western!au, demon!reader, fantasy!au, high fantasy, kidnapping, child kidnapping, demon summoning, mentions of death, mentions of trauma/PTSD, arachnophobia, descriptions of violence,
Disclaimer: These works are completely fictious and for entertainment purposes only. They are not meant to reflect or label the members of Stray Kids. The events within never took place.
Please do not repost/translate!
****
Episode 1: Sacrifices.
Episode Summary: A rash of child kidnappings has unsettled the quaint town of Levanter Bay, Sheriff Bahng and his deputies are at a loss until a strange demon comes riding into town.
***
‘Welcome to Levanter Bay, The Sunny Side.”
Levanter Bay appeared anything but sunny. An overcast sky blocked any sunlight that might’ve shone on the open bay. The water washing up on the docks appeared gray and dark, small waves lapping at the wooden stilts holding up the port. From the top of the hill, the small town resembled a semi-circle of small buildings leading out to the docks far off. It did not seem any different than any other country town, and after a week of riding and camping, a warm bed and a hot meal sounded good. Giving gentle kicks to Summer's sides, the black mare started to walk down from the hills. 
“What do you think, girl?” You asked your mount with a soft pat. “How does a warm night in a stable of hay sound?” When Summer huffed, you said, “I know we're low on money. With a bit of luck, this place will have a bounty board and we can get some coin. It'll all work out, I promise.” 
Summer gave another snort, and you furrowed your brow. “Don't be bitter. That thing with the snakes turned out okay in the end. We got the reptile guy's amulet and returned it to the villagers. Everything was fine like all the other times. Whatever job we find next will be just as easy, and we can end the day with a good pint of ale and some hay….” You then scratched her neck, “And maybe an apple? A sugarcube?”
You smiled when Summer whinnied softly. Reaching the bottom of the hill, you saw the quiet town up ahead of the dirt road. People riding their own horses and driving wagons passed you on their way into town, likely on their way to the ships at the end of the main road. You considered taking one of them when you finish up business in town. The destination itself never mattered to you. Each location offered up more chances at new experiences and new lessons. The Shadowlands provided nothing but melancholy and pain. The mortal world teemed with life, and you wanted to feel it all. 
Once you entered town, you saw the scope of the townspeople. People of all races, human and magic, lived side by side in harmony. You spotted a werewolf in human form, his ears and nose a dead giveaway, talking to an elderly man through a post office window. Out of the local bank came a blond man, counting bills before sticking them in his bill fold. Two women, one a feline werecat and the other a reptilian walked together to a market stall run by a young human. Back home, the only people around were other demons like yourself. Those who passed through The Mar already departed the mortal realm, therefore could not be considered “alive”. They’d been shadows who could do nothing but wail in their misery. You made eye contact with a skinny elf walking out of a barbershop, and grinned.
“Morning, sir,” you nodded at him as you rode past. 
Townspeople in such a tight knit community tended to eye strangers closely, but they appeared extra suspicious of you. A young mother walking past with her children spotted you, and held them closer to her sides, rushing away from you. It's your horn stumps, no doubt. No amount of hair or hats could hide the two stumps on the front of your head. The first tell-tale sign of a demon was their horns, their markings being the second. You covered yours with your jacket and gloves, but if anyone did see them, they'd see the ancient fire runes inked onto your shoulders and wrists in adolescence. It’d been your markings that drew Him to you in the first place. 
‘Children of the flames are mighty and strong. I can make you stronger.’ 
Summer gruffed when a reptilian woman crossed her path, but you calmed her down immediately. Clearly, your dreadsteed hadn't gotten over her last encounter with reptiles. You apologized to the woman, then asked:
“Excuse me, can you tell me where your inn or hotel is around here?”
“In the market square,” she said a tad affronted, closing her coat over her chest with folded arms. “The White Pearl, is the name. Ask for Changbin, he'll get you a room, Miss.”
“Thank you, and sorry again about my horse,” you patted Summer's neck, “She's…skittish.”
The woman gave a contemptuous huff, then walked away. Riding into the large town square, you pass vendors selling their wares until you find an inn nestled into a corner. You guessed it by the hanging sign that read “The White Pearl” with an open clam shell underneath. Through saloon doors and large windows, you saw patrons already enjoying a drink and a meal inside. The thought of a hot breakfast crossed your mind, and your stomach growled. Dismounting Summer, you tied her up to a pole next to other horses, and walked inside. 
Nobody noticed you walk in, since everyone appeared focused on their own conversations. Good. You didn't want anyone seeing you. Crowded places tended to have too many eyes, and too many eyes also meant too many mouths. You've run out of enough taverns to know to keep a low profile until you've taken a good look around. 
‘Mortals are weak and simple. They are meant to be beneath our feet.’ 
“Howdy there,” a voice caught your attention.
He stood behind the bar cleaning pint glasses. Seeing his muscled arms and short stature, you guessed a dwarf but he appeared a bit too tall. A forest dwarf, then. He wore a flannel shirt rolled up his forearms and a white apron around his waist. You gave a small smile and head nod as you approached. 
“Welcome to The White Pearl,” he glanced up at your horn stumps, but did not linger long, “What can I get you? We have our daily lunch special, a hot sandwich with a drink of choice.”
It sounded good, but your light purse felt heavier than ever. “I'll take a bit of water for now, thanks.”
The innkeep went to work pouring water into a glass. “Just passing through, ma'am?”
“For the moment,” you answered, taking a drink from the cold mug. “I was wondering if your sheriff’s office had a bounty board? My horse and I  came from Newport a few miles west, and we've gotten cleaned out since then.”
“A bounty hunter, hm?” The man nodded, taking you in for a moment. “Yeah, Chan has a hero's board outside the station. You won't find anything that pays well there though.”
“Poor town? I thought with the port nearby you'd be off better than some other places.”
“You'd think that right?” He noted, “But since our docks were invaded by pirates a few months ago, our mayor has been working on rebuilding it. You'll be doing quite a few jobs I expe-Hey, you!” He snapped from his friendly tone to a harsh one. You looked to see a child walking secretly out of the tavern, guilt on his face. “What did I tell you about pickpocketing, Eunwoo? Come here, empty them out.”
The young moon elf, detected by his high pointed ears and soft lavender skin, came over to the bar. From his pockets he withdrew a leather bill fold, two gold coins, a single dice and a silver spoon. 
“A spoon?” The innkeep questioned, lifting the utensil. “Eunwoo, who could you have sold the spoon to?”
“People always need spoons, Changbin,” the boy shrugged. “There can be somebody eating soup and not have a spoon.”
“I've told you before,” Changbin slid the contents into a wooden box behind the counter, “If you're hungry, I'll give you a free plate and a drink. You don't have to steal.” 
“Sorry, Changbin,” he pouted apologetically. 
“Now, go on into the kitchen and tell Wooyoung to give you a lunch plate. You can feed Honey too, if you want.” 
The elf child smiled brightly, then rushed through a door behind the bar. He turned back to you, “Seo Changbin, I own this place. You are?”
“YN,” you answered, “Just YN.”
“You're a demon? I thought demons had strange names? I met one during the war named Tarhez.”
You giggled, taking a drink, “I changed it when I decided to live in the mortal world.”
“Oh yeah? What is it?”
“Multak,” you said, your true name sounding rough and deep. You laughed at his stunned expression, “Told you it's hard on mortal ears. In my language it means ‘shield of fire’.”
“Interesting,” he replied sincerely. “If you couldn't tell from the patrons eyeballing you right now, we don't get many demons around here.”
“Not many of us decided to stay when the war ended.” 
You almost could not go home when the war against Nor'goth ended. The evil, primordial demon lord escaped from your realm into the mortal one, claiming that all humankind deserved punishment and enslavement. While most demons joined him, a fair few of you went against him. The Blind One, Sakmarth, led a force to defeat Nor'goth once and for all. You might have not known mortals at the time, but you knew nobody deserved enslavement. It simply went against your code. The image of the mighty, dark demon sent a sickly chill over your body. Glowing orange eyes that saw into your soul and tentacles that tore down several men at a time came to the forefront. He’d been monstrous. Even now, so many years later, you still heard his guttural voice in your head. 
‘You are mighty, shield of fire. Join me, and together we can bring this world to its knees.’ 
You’d told him ‘no’ before sending him back into the abyss. 
“What about you? If I'm correct, you're a dwarf, no?”
“Woodland Dwarf,” he smiled, “And proud of it. I came down from the Blue Mountains far west, with nothing but a dream, my axe, and my bear.”
“Bear?” Your eyes widened. 
“Yeah, my bear Honey. She's right there,” he nodded over to an open window where you saw a massive grizzly bear walk past. “I've had her since she was a cub. She's dangerous and looks like it, but if you give her some food and a head scratch, she’ll love you until the day you die.”
“Like my Summer,” you pointed out your own horse outside, “She's a dreadsteed. That's like a demon horse to mortals.”
“A dreadsteed? I think I saw those on the battlefield. Some demons I knew had them.”
“They're faster than lightning, stronger than oxes, and make good war horses,” you added. “She's gotten me out of a few jams in the past. I bet your Honey did the same.”
“She did. I took her into battle myself…Seems we both have war stories to tell,” he drawled, gazing over you again. “Listen, if you want a good paying gig, Sheriff Bahng always has open bounties in the station documents. If he thinks you're up to snuff, he'll pass on something to you. He should be there now.”
You finished your water, then nodded appreciatively. “Thanks, I'll go check out the board, then I can come back for that special.” 
He gave you a nod, and you left the inn. Summer shifted her feet when you untied her. “The place seems alright,” you told her. “They got a pet bear, but I'm sure it's not in the stables.”
Changbin said you’d find a listing outside the sheriff’s office. Feeling your light coin purse and hearing your rumbling stomach again, you knew you’d need to find a job soon. Walking through the busy market square towards the sheriff’s station, you spotted the wooden bulletin board covered in different colored papers. Reading some of them, you realized most involved hunting down excess wildlife in the forests beyond the town, finding lost items or relatives, or helping settle disputes. Nothing particular stuck out to you, but mindless work was better than no work at all.
“What do you think, Summer?” you turned to the black horse you’d guided by the reins to the board. “Want to go hunt down some feral boars with me?” The black stead huffed and shook her long black mane, almost as if declining the offer. You chuckled, “Alright, that’s a no.” You looked at the board again, “Well, we gotta pick something. I might be demonkin and you might be a dreadsteed, but we have to eat too.” 
You continued looking for a proper posting when someone came out of the office. He wore a beige button down and denim jeans with black boots. The badge on his breast glinted in the morning light, the word ‘sheriff’ across the top with the town sigil on it. Black curls kept back from his face, even with his big nose he was handsome. At least, other women might think so. You turned to him right as he stretched and basked in the warm sun. 
“Excuse me, Sheriff?” 
“Oh, good morning,” he smiled, noticing you standing there, “I've never seen your face around here before. You're new in town?”
“Just stopping here,” you explained. “I was checking out your listings board.”
He sized you up for a moment. You caught him looking over your black jacket, plain shirt and boots, getting a sense of you before his eyes landed on the crown of your head. Your horns were the price you paid to live amongst humans. His eyes stayed on them a moment, then he looked back at your face. 
“What’s a demonkin doing so far from home?” he asked curiously. 
The usage of your peoples’ true name surprised you. “Living.”
“Clearly, you’re not keen on doing it for long if you’re looking at our board,” he said, almost amused. “Do you have a speciality?”
“Warlock,” you answered, “Sort of goes hand-in-hand with my kind.”
He nodded again, “How long have you been drifting?”
“Since the war ended.”
“You fought?”
“Yes, sir. I fought with the Mortal Armies.” 
“Against your own people?”
“Not all of us see other races as beneath us. I like to think of myself as one of the good ones. Now,” you stepped closer, “Does your office have any private work or do I help Mrs. Young with her feral boars? The innkeep at the White Pearl said you might.”
The sheriff gave you another once over, then said, “Tie your horse up there and come in. I think I have something up your alley.”
You tied Summer to a post outside the door, and followed the sheriff inside. “I’m Chan, by the way,” he introduced himself in the main hall, offering his hand. 
“YN,” you replied, shaking it firmly. 
“A demonkin named YN,” he mused, “Never thought I'd see one of your type around here.”
You looked around the small office to see two other men already in the room. One of them was short with cheeks expanded by the donut he’d stuffed into his mouth. By the long fluffy tail sticking from behind the chair and his black nose, you saw the squirrel hybrid immediately. The man jotting down notes in a book had two slits in his shirt that revealed the dark purple wings close to his body. When he looked up at you, his eyes matched his wings. A shadow fairy. The squirrel hybrid only nodded, but the dark fae sat stock still. You registered the stunned expression and realized he recognized you. Not many mortals knew you by sight, mostly by name and your demon name at that. 
“YN, these are my deputies: Han Jisung and Lee Minho,” he pointed to the hybrid first, then the fae, “Boys, this is YN. She’s come looking for work. I thought she could help us with the Hook Clan.”
Both men also sized you up like their sheriff. Han spoke up first, “Speciality?”
“Warlock,” you answered again. To prove it, you flicked your wrist to make the donut in his hand disappear and reappear. “That’s nothing compared to what I can really do.”
“Hm,” Han stuffed the other half into his mouth before you could do it again. 
“As I live and breathe…” Minho said softly, “Multak.”
“You know her, Minho?” Jisung questioned in surprise. 
“Have we met before, sir?” you asked him next. 
“Not personally,” he answered, “But every shadow fairy who was at the Battle of Incheon knows the fire demon Multak.”
Incheon, home of the dark fae race. You recalled it fondly: tall dark trees with their canopies of leaves hiding the light-sensitive species, and wooden houses sitting on stilts or floating on boats throughout the wide rivers and lakes. Shadow fae came in all shapes and sizes, but they proved to be fierce and formidable allies. Nor’goth’s forces kidnapped and drained the fairies of their powers to weaken them, even breaking their bodies to do it. Your heart had gone out to the wisps, the smallest and most gentle of them all. All they do is tell fortunes and guide people to their fates. 
“Wait…” Chan stood still, examining you once again, “You’re the fire demon?”
“I’m a fire demon,” you said, not wanting to go into the differences between the demon clans in The Mar. 
“She stopped Nor’goth almost single handedly-”
“-Almost-” you emphasized, “It was a group effort.” 
If the Orcs had not distracted his people with their fiery catapults and if the elves had not shielded you, you wouldn’t have been able to strike. Your sword, a runic blade of fire, struck Nor’goth right in his heart. 
“I don’t know,” Minho said in a sing-song tone, “It was your flaming sword that vanquished him in the first place.”
“You have a flaming sword?” Jisung’s eyes widened with wonder. 
“It’s a runic blade,” you turned to Chan, “So, who is this Hook Clan?”
Minho sensed the change in subject, but you knew he wasn’t done. Nor’goth and the war are the last things you wished to discuss in detail. You did not agree with the Shadow Lords about Nor’goth’s sentence; banishing him to the underworld prison, The Abyss, will not hold him forever. You didn't care how weak they'd made him. 
“They’re outlaws at the edge of town,” Chan answered, going over to a desk where he kept a stack of folders. He brought it over to you, withdrawing reports and documents for you to see. “They started off with stealing cattle or crops from the farmers, but they’ve escalated in recent weeks.”
“Escalated how?”
You noticed the three men appeared apprehensive, a tension starting to stiffen between them.
“They started kidnapping children,” said Minho. “The last kidnapping was Wang's little girl, Hyeyoung. Before that was Seo Dobin, and before that was Lee Sanghee. The only connections we’ve been able to make,” he flipped through his notebook and found a page. He walked over to you and showed you the page, “All three were between eight and ten, taken from farmlands, and in broad daylight. We don’t know where they are, why the clan is taking them, or what they plan to do with them.”
“What makes you think it was them?”
“The clan always paints a red hook somewhere when they’ve struck. It’s been found at each scene.”
“That’d be foolish of them to do,” you noted, reading more of his notes. “That’s basically telling you that it was them.” 
“They’re not the brightest bunch, if I’m being honest,” Minho replied. 
“Which means they’re least likely to have done it,” Chan told him. “Kidnappings like this require a thought process and planning. The Hooks have always operated loosely: pick a target, slaughter anyone who gets in the way, and take what they want. If they are kidnapping these children, they would’ve slipped up at some point.” 
“They could be hired by somebody else,” Han chimed in from his desk. “Red Hook will work for whoever pays him enough. If they’re taking kids, it’s likely someone is paying them to do it.”
“Then who?” Chan looked over to ask him. 
One person came to mind, but you’d sound foolish. Nor’goth is currently imprisoned in the Abyss, an island floating in a dark void, powerless and useless to anyone. You read Chan’s reports and cross-checked them with Minho’s notes. You hated to think it, but some dark warlocks and shadow magic practitioners use children in their rituals. Just because a ritual lists ‘innocent blood’ or ‘innocent souls’ does not mean the caster needed a child. Even demonkin preferred using animals over defenseless children. 
“-I think it’s just too easy to scapegoat a group because of their reputation,” Chan’s voice caught your ear. “I want to catch Red Hook and his band of outlaws, but I want to arrest them for crimes they actually committed.”
“His mark’s has been found at each scene-”
The outlaws must be hired to help. They reminded you of a band of thieves back in the capital city who were stealing resources from a nearby mine. It turned out they stole them for greedy goblins. 
“Do you know anything about this clan aside from their crimes?” you interrupted them. “Their leader? Anything significant?”
“We don’t have a name, but he calls himself the Red Hook,” Chan told you. “According to people who’ve seen him, they say he’s a magic user.”
“Human?” you directed this at Minho. 
“Can’t say for sure, since the clan is a mixed bag,” he replied, “But the people we interviewed said they didn’t see any magical distinctions.” 
“Where do they hide out?” 
“Around,” Chan shrugged. “Last location was an abandoned farmhouse northwest of here. We checked it out already, and they’re no longer there. They tend to drift around to keep us a step behind them all the time.”
“My friends in the forest tell me when they see them,” Jisung said, “But they’re pretty well hidden a lot of the time. It’s likely Red Hook is concealing them somehow.” 
“Friends?” 
“The animals,” he explained. “The rabbits, squirrels, gophers, moles, and the like. I can talk to birds sometimes, but not always. It helps to have eyes in the trees,” he grinned mischievously, picking up a bag of trail mix. 
“I’d like to talk to the families,” you said, seeing the children’s names once more. 
You didn’t see anything peculiar other than they’d taken two girls and a boy so far. Some rituals called for a certain number of souls, but never spoke about sexes. It can certainly be a coincidence. Although, you rarely came across those in your line of work. 
“We already did,” Minho told you, “They don’t know anything.”
“I’d still like to talk to them myself. Their children might have something in common that you missed.” 
“Does this mean you’ll take the job?” Chan asked, and you detected a glimmer of hope in his voice. 
“For a fee.”
“Naturally,” he nodded. 
“With a demon on our team,” Minho said, “We’ll have this case wrapped up by supper.” 
“I don’t know about all that, but I’ll do my best,” you insisted. 
Chan moved to his nearby office when the door opened. In walked a rotund, dark-skinned man in a blue suit, wearing a bowler hat and checking his pocket watch. He didn’t look at the men at first, but when he looked up, his eyes settled on you. Shock took over his broad, square face and brown eyes widened with realization. 
“Good afternoon, Mayor,” Chan intervened before the man could speak, “What can I do for ya?”
“Chan, there is a demon in our station,” he said, voice quivering slightly. 
“She’s a bounty hunter,” he assured him. “She’s come to help with the missing children.”
“Demons don’t like children.”
“We do, actually,” you retorted, arms crossed. “And no, not to eat them,” you added disdainfully. 
“YN's a bounty hunter, Gerald,” Chan said. “She's just agreed to help us with the missing children. I think it'd be beneficial to have someone like her helping us. YN, this is our Mayor, Gerald Wallace.”
“Nice to meet you, sir,” you tried keeping the annoyance from your voice. 
“I don't know, Chan,” the mayor said, “You know folks around here. They won't take kindly to a…demon being in town right now.”
“I only want to help,” you fixed your jacket, “But if you don't want me here and want your children to keep being snatched up, then I'll be on my way.”
“Wait, wait,” Minho came to your side and faced the mayor, “Mayor Wallace, this demon isn't a normal demon. She's the demon who ended the war.”
Did he really have to keep telling people that?
“Impossible,” the mayor scoffed, “There's no way that demon stuck around after the war.”
“I did,” you said. “Do you want my help or not?”
“We do,” Chan answered quickly. “We do.”
“Chan,” Mayor Wallace turned to him stiffly, “May I speak to you in private, please?”
“Of course,” he gestured to let him pass, “This way.”
He shot you an apologetic glance, then followed the mayor into an office. 
“Sorry about that,” Minho said, “I promise our townspeople normally aren't this prejudiced. Things have been uneasy around here, so you can imagine a newcomer strolling into town concerning people.”
“Explains everyone's apprehension,” you replied, seeing Chan and Mayor Wallace through a window. You can see both men starting to heat up during the conversation. “It doesn't bother me as much as it used to,” you said, “I understand my people did heinous things when they came here. Not everyone is so quick to forgive.” 
“But not everyone is like that here,” Han reassured you. “They'll warm up to you soon enough.”
You didn't particularly care if the little people liked you. You didn't plan on staying too long anyways. 
“Where are you staying in town?” asked Minho, walking over to a small bookshelf behind his own desk. “The White Pearl?”
“I need money for a room and a stable first,” you told him, feeling that rumble in your stomach again. “I hoped I might get at least an advance. We've rode a long way.”
“We can talk about that when Chan finally finishes with Gerald,” he casted a glance over to the window. Chan appeared to have quieted the mayor down, but the man remained unconvinced. “You can go on ahead and tell Changbin I sent you. He'll give you a room, and some feed for your horse.”
“Appreciated,” you nodded, “Tell Chan he can find me there.”
“-Chan, I'm telling you this isn't a good idea!” Mayor Wallace said, coming out of Chan’s office. “We already got the docks to rebuild, the town council is on my behind about the merfolk situation and now we have our children going missing! Then, you got Han over there who'll tell anybody that'd listen that we got a demon and cause a damn hysteria!”
Chan appeared more amused than upset by now, and asked, “Han, you planning on causing a hysteria?”
“Not today, Chan.”
“See? Gerald, you put me in charge of the safety of this town,” he patted his shoulder, “Trust me.”
Wallace's shoulders sagged, and he gave you an uncertain glance, “Alright. I trust you. You never let us down before.”
“There you go,” Chan concluded, steering Mayor Wallace to the door. “You tell the council we have our best people on this…”
“He really knows how to de-escalate a situation, huh?” you asked, impressed.
“That's why he is the sheriff,” Han nodded. “Come on, I'll take you back to the inn. You can get settled before the work begins.”
Han led you out the door, and you untied Summer. “Looks like we got a job after all,” you grinned, petting her side. She huffed and you said, “No, no snakes this time…I think.”
“Wow,” Han marveled at Summer, taking in her fiery eyes and black mane. “A real dreadsteed.” He wiggled his nose at Summer, who nodded her head. When he gave a grin, cheeks puffing out, he said, “She's a tough cookie, huh? She says you guys just came from Newport.”
“You can talk to her?” You guided Summer back to the inn. 
“Animal hybrid,” he pointed at his own chest. “I can talk to all kinds of animals, even demonic ones.” He glanced at her again, “Summer is an interesting name for a dreadsteed. Is that her real name or a new one?”
“It's her name,” you said. “I gave it to her when we came back to the mortal realm. I named her that because summer is my favorite season. We don't have seasons where I'm from.”
“How dreadful,“ Han frowned, “I can't imagine living anywhere that is so desolate. I used to live in the forest before Chan found me and brought me here.”
“Found you?”
He scrunched up his nose guiltily, “I might not have been the most law-abiding squirrel at the time. I'd been caught stealing food from different farms, and rather than send me up the road, he gave me a place to stay and a job.”
“During or after the war?”
“After,” you both reached the steps of the inn, “A group of demons attacked my village and destroyed everything. I didn't have anywhere to go, so I ended up outside town. Chan found me hiding in someone's boat and took me in.”
“That's awfully kind of him.”
“That's the kind of guy he is,” he shrugged. “He really cares about everyone.” 
Han and Changbin helped you and Summer settle into The White Pearl. By the time Chan arrived, you'd devoured a hot sandwich and given Summer hay and an apple for her patience. 
“Everything squared then?” You asked him. “Your mayor seems…”
“He's only being cautious,” Chan insisted, “But with a bit of convincing, he's willing to pay the 50 gold price.”
Fifty sounded more than fair to you. After that, he insisted on taking you to the childrens’ families himself. You both mounted your horses and headed towards the first farm. 
“What can you tell me about their families?” you asked him, riding Summer alongside him on his own horse. 
“Seo Dobin, the first kid taken, lives at the Seo vineyard not too far out of town,” he began. “His parents grow grapes and berries and are part of the Seo pack.”
“Pack? He's a werewolf?”
“Yes, but don't worry. Junhwan and Eunji are good people. Dobin's dad can be a bit of a hothead; I’ve had to put him in holding once or twice, but he’s usually a nice man. His mother, Eunji, does some work at the bakery here from time to time.” He noticed your pensive stare, and said, “They’re all good people. Each and every one of them.”
“Good people can have enemies too,” you replied. “Enemies that they don’t know about, even. What do the other families do for work? Minho said the children were taken around farms?”
“The farms are the least guarded parts of Levanter,” he said, “Since they’re owned by the families and not the town. The Seo family mainly deals in grapes and berries to make into wine; The Wang family grows wheat, and the Lee family grows corn.”
“All crops where the stalks can grow high,” you added to your mental list of notes. 
“Where the children can be snatched without anyone seeing them,” Chan added, nodding to himself. “I thought the same thing. It’d be harder to take them from a pig, horse or cattle farm because there’s always people patrolling those types of places. A crop of plants? Easier to walk through them and wait for the kid to go right by them instead.” 
“Are there any other farm-”
“-I already told them not to let their kids go running off into their fields or in the woods,” he answered ahead of your question. “I told the kids at the schoolhouse to go straight home after school, and don’t talk to any strangers they meet on the road.”
“Did you instill a curfew?”
“I’ve considered it, but I don’t think it’ll help much. These kids are taken during the day off their families’ own land. I’ve asked a few of our local hunters and mountain men to keep an eye and an ear out for anything suspicious too.” He hesitated, and you worried what question would follow it. “Minho’s convinced it’s the gang, but it’s not them.”
“No, it isn’t.”
“And I think you already have an idea who it is.”
“The idea that magic casters use children in their rituals was a myth perpetuated by religious zealots who fear magic and everything it can do,” you said, keeping the bite out of your voice. “While innocent blood or souls are called for in a good chunk of blood magic rituals, anyone who truly knows magic and reads magic texts will know that it means an animal. Whoever this person is either is a magic user who doesn’t care about translations, or a magic user who doesn’t understand the magic they are trying to wield.” 
“You say ‘magic user’. Do you mean, like, a human using magic?”
“Yeah,” you nodded. “Fae, demons, merfolk, some species of hybrids are all born with magic already inside of us. It’s in our bones, and in our blood. Our specialty, if we have one, is just a choice we make in using our magic. Humans…No offense, Sheriff, but humans were not meant to have magic.” 
“Really?”
“That’s not a jab at humankind. I’ve met plenty of human mages and warlocks who use their gifts rightly,” you said quickly. “I mean, physically. Their bodies are not meant to hold it. Yes, they can perform little rituals and incantations and make potions, but real magic? No. It'd kill them, so they likely wear trinkets or charms that harness their power. I think whoever is taking these children plans to use them for something, otherwise you would’ve found their bodies by now.”
“Perhaps they're using them to gain more power?” He suggested. 
You considered the idea. “It's a possibility.”
You both arrived at the Seo farm, where you saw a farmhouse, barn, and a chicken coop. Beyond the house, you saw rows upon rows of vineyard bushes. The barn door wide open, you saw two young men pouring fermented grapes into a barrel. Briefly you pictured a young wolf pup running around the front yard area, maybe with a toy plane or a kite while his mother watched over him from a window. The same woman who happened to be outside the house with a tub and washing board. 
“Sheriff!” She gasped, dropping the board in the water and coming his way. “Sheriff, have you found him? Have you found Dobin?”
“I'm sorry, Eunji,” Chan frowned, getting off his horse and removing his hat. “But, I have someone here who'd like to speak with you about that day.”
“Who?” she looked at you. Even with the crinkles on the sides of her eyes, Mrs. Seo looked younger than you expected. Her wolf ears perked at the sight of you, and you saw her nose twitch slightly. Her claws long and black, led to furry arms underneath her linen dress. “A demon? What's a demon doing here?”
“I'm here to help, ma'am,” you answered, dismounting Summer and standing in front of her. “Sheriff Chan told me about the children in the area, and I want to help you.”
You expected her to question you like so many others, but instead she breathed a sigh of relief. “Thank goodness! We need all the help we can get. Dobin has been missing for three weeks now, and nobody can find him.”
Worry filled her eyes and you spotted the shaking hands she wrung together. You pitied her and said, “Where was the last place you saw him?”
“Back here. Come with me.”
She led you both around the house to a backyard. You saw the typical horse and wagon tied up outside the barn in a stall, calmly eating hay. The vineyard started behind a wooden fence that bordered the entire crop, and seeing the uniform rows stretching for acres made it the perfect kidnapping spot. You imagined a small boy being snatched without anyone seeing him or his kidnapper. 
“He was down there,” she brought you both behind the fence to point down a middle row, “Helping one of our pickers gather grapes. He always loves helping pick the grapes,” she smiled fondly, “We know he sneaks some, but we let him. Our picker, Taeyong, said he turned his back to put some buckets in a wagon, and when he looked back, Dobin was gone. At first,” she wrung her apron in her hands nervously, “At first, we thought the little rascal was hiding from us. You know, the way children play hide and seek? He does that from time to time and it worries me something awful,” you heard the panic in her voice even speaking about it, “But when it…it started to grow dark,” her eyes began watering and her lip trembled, “We…Oh, why did I let him go?! Something told me not to, but he was with Taeyong! He was safe! I should've been more careful! Why?! Why didn't I pay more attention?!” 
Chan embraced her as she started to sob. She reminded you of the women in the villages during the war. Women who grieved for their fallen children, who begged you to find their lost sons and daughters. Their pain radiated onto yours, stinging your eyes and bringing a bout of helplessness. This warlock, whoever they were, needed to be stopped. 
You nodded at Chan, then proceeded into the vineyard. Cautiously, you walked outside of the trodden path where you saw dozens of footprints having worn down the grass into the dirt. Wheel marks told you they'd just finished collecting ripe grapes for the day, and it's unlikely you will find any child size footprints here. Taking a whiff of the air, you only smelled freshly toiled earth and ripening grapes, not flesh. If you concentrated, you caught wisps of human sweat but nothing of a child. Time would’ve drowned out any proper scent. You envisioned a small boy, eight-years-old and greedily munching on grapes he'd picked off the vines. He'd have walked away from Taeyong. What could make him walk away from the safety of an adult? Standing in the middle of the row, you scanned over the vines to only see more grapes. He had plenty to pick from here, so why did he walk away? 
“Taeyong,” you sensed Chan walking up behind him, “Did you ever interview him?”
“We did.”
“What's his story?”
“Exactly what Mrs. Seo just told you,” he said, “He was picking, turned around, and the boy was gone.” 
That sounded too convenient. “Any idea why the boy would walk away?” 
“More grapes? Berries, maybe?” 
You started walking alongside the path again.  Turning to face one of the hedges, you noticed breakages in the foliage. 
“He went through here,” you said, seeing a break between two stalks. You then spotted small footprints still in the dirt. “Yes, yes, he went through here. Otherwise Taeyong would've seen him walking away.” 
You pushed through the vines to the other side without another word. Dobin didn't stop here. He kept going. You inhaled deeply, trying to mesh through the various earthy scents for something human. Scanning the floor in the second to last row, you saw them. Embedded in the hard packed dirt were small paw prints. Four toes with a palm, they went one in front of the other through the dirt. You crouched to touch one, and realized they were cat prints. 
“Do The Seos have any pets?” You asked Chan, who just broke through a brush behind you. 
“A dog, some chickens and two horses.”
“No cats?”
“No cats.”
Slowly, you followed the cat prints until they went out past the fence. “He followed a cat,” you concluded, “Into the forest.”
“How did we miss these?” Chan wondered, following the prints with his eyes. 
“Because they were hidden,” you answered simply. You took a few sniffs, then said, “A cat. Yeah, definitely a cat.” 
“So, our kidnapper can turn into a cat,” Chan said, standing beside you at the threshold of the forest. “Clever. Most children like animals, especially children who live around them. Dobin likely saw the cat and followed it.”
The image of Dobin, innocent and cheerful, following a cat before being snatched gave you shivers. Stepping further, you let your sense of smell guide you, but sadly it wasn't as strong. 
“Deputy Han,” you looked at Chan, “He's an animal hybrid.”
“Yeah, obviously.” 
“How good is his sense of smell?”
“Pretty damn good.”
“Have him come here. He can help me track down this cat.”
“I'll have Eunji call the station.”
You saw a rush of adrenaline pump through him. He finally had a lead. According to his notes, Dobin, a werewolf, went missing three weeks ago; Sanghee, a garden fairy,  disappeared two weeks ago, and Hyeyong, a werecat, was a week ago.  Two girls. One boy. All from farm families outside of town. All of them are magical. The connections seemed too close to be a coincidence. Thinking of the timeline again, you realized they'd taken a child each week. They'd need a fourth, if they follow their pattern. Problem? You had no idea which farm they'd strike next. 
****
“Alright, children, remember what Sheriff Bahng said. You're all to go home straight after school, and don't talk to strangers.”
A rustle of books and papers sounded at dismissal. Slyvia followed the other children outside of the schoolhouse, her lunch box swinging from her clawed hand and books to her other side. She saw classmates rushing ahead of her to the general goods store for sweets, while others waited for their parents to retrieve them. Her own mother had taken to coming for her since the disappearances began, but not today. She had too much work. Slyvia immediately thought of all the chores waiting for her back at the ranch. Her mother will need help with the washing, and then she has to muck out the stables. She hated cleaning the stables, but with her brother and father away in the big city, there is nobody else to do it. Walking past The White Pearl, her sensitive nose already smelled the manure. 
“Hey Slyvia! Wait up!”
The reptilian child turned around to see a boy running to catch up to her. Barney Pebbles was a lumpy elf halfling boy who lived on the farm next to her family's ranch. Sandy blond hair fell behind his pointy ears, and she saw the run bring pink into his cheeks. Slyvia smiled a toothy grin at him regardless. 
“Want to…Want to walk home together?” He huffed, catching his breath as he came up beside her. “My Ma says it's safer if there's two…two of us.”
“Sure!” Slyvia beamed. “Sheriff Bahng says we need to look out for one another.”
The pair continued walking together. “Did you hear about the demon?” he asked, pushing blond hair from his forehead. 
“Demon? What demon?” She wouldn't deny the pang of fear that struck her. “Where?”
“My Pa was leaving the bank when he saw a demon on a big horse riding past him,” he explained as they reached the end of town, “He says she had these stumps on her head, and her horse had flaming eyes!”
“But don't they have wings? My Uncle Sithlin says some have wings.”
“I didn't think to ask,” he grew quiet, then said, “Do you think they're behind the other kids?”
“But that started happening before they came.” 
Slyvia thought about her missing classmates. Dobin, a boy slimmer than a tree branch, once offered to split blueberries they found near the school. Sanghee, a garden fairy, always radiated kindness and befriended her on her first day. Hyeyoung, a werecat kitten, helped her find her bonnet when it flew off her head. Their disappearances worried everyone. Slyvia hoped her friends were okay, and that Sheriff Bahng would find them in time. Her father told her Sheriff Bahng was really smart and made of tough stuff. 
The other kids said he could talk to sea creatures. 
Slyvia and Barney walked down the dirt road leading out of town. They passed by merchants going in and out of town, and greeted neighbors they saw along the way. They continued talking about the newcomer, and she couldn't stop the bundle of nerves in her stomach. She remembered the stories her Pa and uncles told her about demons. They're supposed to be evil made into flesh. Thinking about a winged monster gave her jitters. 
“-Mr. Edwards says that the demons he saw were super tall! As tall as trees, and they could breathe fire.”
Slyvia listened to his story while she looked up the forest lined path ahead. She saw the crossroads where it split between the town, another village and the capital city. The tall directory signs were her first milestone back home. 
“Maybe they're helping whoever is taking the other kids,” she suspected. “My Nana says they use babies in their rituals, and feast on newborns.”
“You think?”
‘Meow!’
The two children stopped in their tracks at the sound. When it sounded again, they realized it came from the forest bushes nearby. Slyvia's nerves stood on end. Barney stepped closer to the threshold, bending to peek into the bushes. 
“Barney…”
“It's a cat,” he said, “I think it's hurt.”
“Barney, don't go in there.”
She could smell it the closer she came. Barney, ever the animal lover, ignored her warning and walked further into the forest. 
“Slyvia, come quick,” he said worriedly. “It's hurt.”
Slyvia came up behind him, and sniffed the air. Most cats smelled according to their environment. Barn cats smelled like horses and pigs; house cats smelled like coffee and linens. A wild cat carried the scent of leaves and trees. This cat didn't have any of those. She walked behind Barney, her heart starting to race. 
“Barney Pebbles, you come back here,” she said, panic building in her voice. “We're not supposed to wander off.”
“It might be really hurt, Slyvia,” he replied over his shoulder. 
Feet crunching the forest floor, Slyvia tried peeking into the shrubs from behind him, but couldn't see anything. 
“Come here, kitty,” Barney crouched in front of it, “It's okay. I won't hurt you. Hey! Wait!” 
The sound of rustled leaves told her the cat scurried from the bushes. Barney went after it, and Slyvia followed. A downward wind brought a scent to her flat nostrils. Not a cat. Not a dog. Not a bird, rabbit or wolf. She gasped. It was human. She saw a flash of black and white dart behind one of the trees, Barney only a few paces behind. 
“Barney Pebbles! Come back here now!”
“Calm down, Slyvia. It's only a-AH!” 
“Gotcha!”
“Barney!”
Slyvia cried out his name as an arm grabbed him from behind a tree. She froze in place, her breath becoming haggard and drying her throat. She could hear Barney struggling, and a man’s voice drowning him out. The sound of snapping twigs came from her right, and she spotted them. Three men wearing red armbands stepped out from behind the trees, malice on their faces. Slyvia ran. Her heart pounded in her chest with each foot step. Panic put them right on her heels, and she beat the ground harder. 
“Get her!” She heard the silvery voice say from the distance. “Don't let her get away!”
The young chameleon ran through dense shrubbery, the tiny branches snagging on her dress and scratching her colorful scales. She'd do what her Papa taught her. With a quick glance back, Slyvia dove into a nearby bush and closed her eyes. She envisioned herself turning from her usual pale green and yellow to a dark brown. She brought her knees to her chest and tucked her head and tail inwards. The footsteps charging after her came right beside her bush, and she stuffed her face into her dress to muffle her breathing. 
“Where'd she go?” One of the men asked. “She can't have gone far!”
“If Maurice hears we lost her he'll burn us alive!”
“Ah shoot, Suho, does it really matter? That was a girl, and Maurice only needed a boy.”
“She can go blabbing to the sheriff and his deputies,” the other man retorted. “We're so close, Baekhyun. I can taste it now. If we help that old man with his ritual, he'll give us whatever we want. That means gold and women!” 
“I…I don't know, Suho,” a higher voice said uncertainly. “They're kids. I thought we didn't harm youngins.”
“We're not harming them. Maurice says they'll be fine. It'll only hurt for a little bit.”
“You believe that?”
“Of course, I do. Now, you go that way; Chanyeol, you go that way and I'll check down here. She can't have gone too far.”
Slyvia heard the men split up. The last image of Barney being lifted off the ground came to her, and she shivered. The men, whoever they were, also kidnapped the other children. She needed to tell someone quickly. When the coast was clear, Slyvia gingerly climbed up the tree behind her. Her fingers sticking to the branches, the child moved from one tree to another with ease. The Seo family lived not too far from this spot; she can go to them to call the law. She needed to find Sheriff Bahng. He needed to know that Barney is in trouble. 
****
Han and Minho appeared some time later, the pair having appeared through a portal. 
“I thought it'd be faster than horses,” Minho explained, closing it with a wave of his hand. “What have you found?”
“There's paw prints,” you told Han as you both walked to the blocked off spot in the dirt, “But no animal scent.”
“You think it might be a hybrid?” 
“It doesn't smell like an animal or hybrid,” you said. “It's…I don't know. Chan said you have the best nose, so I thought you could track what I can't.” You stopped right by the forest entrance, “They go about three or four yards into the woods, then it goes cold.”
Han nodded, “It shouldn't be that hard. If we can't track the cat,” he pulled out a small handkerchief from his pocket, “We can track Dobin.”
“What's that?” You eyed the blue and white cloth in his hand, seeing grape vines stitched into the border. 
“Dobin's head scarf,” he answered. “He wears it when he goes into the field. His mother thought it might help.” 
You watched him take a deep inhale of the scarf, closing his eyes in concentration. Soft black nose wiggling, tail twitching at the new scent, Han immediately glanced up to the tree ahead. He started walking without saying anything to anyone, sniffing occasionally as he went. 
“You think it's a human shifted into a cat then, huh?” Minho asked, coming up beside you. 
“I can't pick up anything to the contrary,” you told him. “My sense of smell isn't very strong here. He might find out what I can't.”
Minho grew quiet while Han stuck himself into a bush. “I was looking through my library at the station. I keep it there for research purposes and all that, you know? I thought while you and Chan checked out the different locations, Han and I could try finding any magic rituals that require sacrifices.”
“Psh, that's a lot. What did you find?”
“That the shadow casters of yesteryear really enjoyed sacrificing things to ancient gods,” he snorted. “But I did come across a few rituals of interest. One in particular intrigued me.”
“What was it?”
“The Secrets of the Mystics by Arnold B. Miller described this group of ancient mystics who called upon gods to sustain their power,” he began. “They regularly sacrificed people to a god named Yuth’ik. I couldn’t find anything that gave any background on Yuth’ik other than that he was defeated by a warlock named Vivian Moon and several others centuries ago. They banished him into another realm, where he’s likely laid dormant for thousands of years. If the Hook clan are really working for someone, it’s someone who wants to release Yuth’ik.” 
“For what purpose? More power?”
“Most likely.” He gave a slight scoff and shook his head, “If they’d gone to an actual magical being, we’d tell them what a stupid idea that is. I will say this: I pity whoever this person is.”
“Why?”
“The ancient gods weren’t known for their kindness,” he said. “A lot of the stories in the book mentioned the summoner having to give something in return.”
“Four souls isn’t enough?”
“That’s just to open the cage. If Yuth’ik really is a god, they'll expect gifts. The person behind this doesn’t understand that once you summon a god or a demon or any powerful being, you’re their servant for life,” he looked over at you, dark eyes serious and stern, “For life.” 
You couldn’t stop yourself from laughing. Shaking your head, you said, “Will they ever learn?”
A part of you expected Minho to take your words offensively; he does live amongst humans, and is close to them. Yet, you heard him snort and say, “Never.” 
The three of you traveled further into the forest. Han sniffed every bush, tree and flower patch that carried a wisp of Dobin’s scent. You admitted his sense of smell must be incredible if he can follow a trace three weeks old. His bushy trail flicked and wiggled whenever he caught a particularly strong scent. Both you and Minho kept your eyes on the trees around you, searching for the slightest change or movement. 
Underneath the canopy of leaves and sunlight, you took in the vibrancy of the world around you. Nothing grew in The Mar. No trees, flowers or grass thrived there; the only animals around were the vicious beasts lurking around the mountain ranges and rocky canyons. A cool breeze wafted through the trees, brushing your cheeks and hair, and you inhaled deeply. Why would anyone wish to destroy such a glorious place? Nor’goth’s armies tore down trees, burned wheat fields, and polluted rivers to keep the mortals from feeding themselves. He believed cutting off their supplies left them powerless, but the people you’d met proved the opposite. 
“Did you guys hear that?” Han sprung up from the newest bush, whipping his head side to side in a panic. 
“Hear what?” Minho asked, irritably. “Jisung, we’ve been walking for ages. Have you found anything yet-”
“-Shush!” he interrupted him, putting a hand up for silence. 
The two of you watched the hybrid carefully walk sideways, his head pointed up into the trees. A feeling of apprehension came over you when he stopped underneath one of the thicker trees. The smooth motion of an arrow being notched caught your attention, and you turned to see Minho’s bow armed and ready to loosen. Han braced his hands up against the rough bark, and sniffed. The immediate image of an enemy dropping onto him had you withdrawing your sword from your back. 
“Jisung…” Minho whispered harshly, but Han ignored him. 
 “Slyvia?” Han said, confused. “Honey, what are you doing up there?”
Both you and Minho shook when a figure jumped down from the tree onto their feet. Minho unleashed his arrow, but thankfully it stuck into the tree inches above the child’s head. Skin the color of the trees, the chameleon-hybrid’s scales gradually changed to light green and yellow in seconds. Bulbous, beady eyes were on either side of her nose, full of fear and worry. 
“Deputy Han!” she cried, immediately wrapping herself around his middle, “Deputy Han, you have to help me!”
Han bent down to her level right as you and Minho reached her. Her heavy breaths making her chest rise and fall, you saw tears spilling from her black eyes and shoulders shuddering in every sob. 
“It’s Barney!” she sobbed, voice cracking at the end. “They took him! The bad people took him! You have to help him! Sheriff Bahng has to get him!”
“Wait, wait, wait,” Han said, hands rubbing her shaking shoulders, “Just take a deep breath, honey. You mean Barney Pebbles? Fred’s little boy?”
“Yes! We were walking home together, and he-and he saw this cat in the bushes and I told him, sir, I told him to not wander off but he did! Then, we chased it-it- in-into th-the woods and this bad man picked him up and these other men started chasing me! We have to save him! We have to!” she fell back into Han’s arms, sobbing into his shoulder as his eyes met Minho’s. 
“Where did this happen, Slyvia?” Minho asked next, bending down to look into her face. “How far?”
“That way,” she pointed behind him. “I don-don’t know where!”
“Alright, alright, you go with Deputy Han and talk to the sheriff,” he said to her gently. “My friend and I will go look for Barney.” 
Slyvia took one glance at you, then buried her face in Han’s neck. You expected that reaction. Crouching beside Minho, you said, “We’re going to find your friend, and bring him back, okay?” She flinched when you met her eyes again. 
“You’re a demon…” she said, voice muffled by Han’s shirt collar. 
“I am,” you nodded, standing with Han and Minho, “And you want to know what that means?”
“You’ll eat my friends!”
“No,” you giggled, “It means bad guys are scared of me. The bad people who took your friend will hand him right back to me if they know what’s good for them.”
This seemed to calm her slightly, though not enough for her to look at you. “I’ll take her to Chan,” Han said. “We can get in contact with her folks, and Barney’s parents.”  
“I’ll give him a heads up.” 
Minho reached into a pouch on his belt and withdrew dark blue dust. Putting a pinch between his fingers, he blew it out into the air. Rather than disappear or fall to the ground, the glowing swirl of dust stayed in the air. 
“Chan, we found Slyvia Eleon. She says Barney Pebbles was just grabbed. Han’s bringing her to you; YN and I are going to scout the area.” With another puff of air, the dust cloud quickly darted away from you and down back to the farm. “We should go to where he was taken,” he said to you, “We could check it out while their footprints and scent are fresh.” 
“Good idea.”
“Slyvia,” he addressed the little girl again, “Sweetie, do you remember any details about where he’d been taken? A tree or flower or a specific place?”
Slyvia turned her head, sniffling, and thought for a moment. “It was near the direction sign. I remember because I live past it.”
“On which side?”
“The…left. The left side of the road.”
“Alright, thank you, Slyvia,” he petted her head, “Don’t worry. My friend and I are going to find Barney.” 
“They’re going to kill him,” she broke back into a sob. “They’re going to kill him and eat him!”
“Nobody is killing and eating anyone,” Han assured her, rubbing her back as he began walking away. “Mrs. Seo just came back from the bakery too. She can give you a snack and you can tell Sheriff Bahng…” 
Watching Han take the girl away, you looked to Minho, “Do you know the sign she’s talking about?”
“I do. It’s far though. Take my hand.”
You didn’t question it. Taking his hand, you watched the dark fae aim his outstretched palm to the ground. Glowing and sparkling a bright purple, you recognized the spiraling and crisp winds of a teleportation circle. In a flash of light, you and Minho left your spot in the forest. You could feel yourself being thrown into a tornado, spinning and spinning through gushes of wind, before landing on soft grass.
“Here we are,” Minho said, removing the circle with a closed fist. 
You found yourself on the dirt road a mile from town. On the crossroad corner stood a tall post with different directions on it. ‘Levanter Bay 1 mile’ ‘Gold Rush 5 miles’ ‘Sunwind 10 miles’ went in various directions. 
“Slyvia said they saw the men down towards town,” Minho started walking in that direction. “Their footprints will still be in the dirt; we can follow those.” 
“This Barney kid,” you caught up with his quick strides, “What do you know about him?”
“A bit simple-minded, but a really nice kid,” he answered. “His family owns a pig farm. He loves animals, so it’s no surprise he followed a cat into the woods despite all sense.”
“They took him from off the road instead of a farm,” you noted. “They’re getting desperate. This ritual of theirs must be happening soon.”
“Yuth’ik’s ritual can happen at any time. They just need the four souls and the right words,” he said. “They need all four in order to open the portal to let him through.”
“That explains the rush. It’s risky to be snatching kids from the side of a somewhat busy road,” you nodded at a passing wagon, “Someone might’ve seen the two of them going off the path.” 
“Perhaps, but if they went deep enough, nobody would’ve heard them.” 
You both stopped when you reached two sets of clear footprints going off into the grass. Minho and you walked along them, and that’s where you picked up a scent. Barney Pebbles must sweat pretty heavily if you could pick it up so quickly. It started by one of the trees at the edge, then carried off through a large bush. When you looked inside, you saw tiny prints in the dirt and a breakage in the leaves. 
“The cat hid in here,” you told Minho, “And he followed it.” 
“There are more prints over here,” Minho called from nearby. You saw him standing between two large trees, looking at spots behind them. “The shapeshifter had accomplices. Two or three by the looks of the sets.” 
“What were they planning to do? Ambush the kid?” 
“To make sure he didn’t escape,” he examined one of the trunks with his hand. 
Reaching into his pocket, he withdrew a small piece of blue chalk. Well, at least you thought it was chalk. Minho started rubbing the blue stick onto the thick brown bark as one might a piece of paper. You came up to him, and saw the blue chalk having outlined handprints along the edge of the trunk. You counted two large hands on one side, then two more on the other. 
“Two over here,” Minho went and did the same to the other tree, “And one more over here. Three culprits.”
“What is this?” you asked him, wiping some of the chalk with your finger. 
“It’s a little invention of mine,” he said, putting the chalk away. “I enchanted a few pieces of chalk so I can lift prints. It’s damn helpful when investigating scenes. I got a fingerprint off one of them,” he said, putting a thin piece of film into the pouch, “I can cross check it back at the station. If it’s one of the Hook Clan, we’ll know who.” 
“Intriguing,” you nodded, “I never heard of an enchantment that can do that.”
“I like to experiment with magic,” he shrugged. You both walked back to the scene of the kidnapping, “Magic is so versatile and fluid. It can be used for anything, if one puts their mind to it.”
“That bit of powder you used to contact Chan,” you said, “You invented that too?”
“I wish,” he said, “It’s one of the ways fairies communicate away from home. Fairy dust,” he petted the leather pouch. “Can transport messages or people from one place to another.” 
“Just think happy thoughts?” you joked, remembering the stories.
Minho laughed, “No, no happy thoughts required. Just a deep breath before you teleport.” He stopped at the spot where you smelled Barney and his kidnapper the strongest. “What can you smell?”
“Male,” you sniffed the air, and let the aroma linger in your nose, “At least 30-years-old. He’d been standing right here,” you pressed yourself against the tree. You put your nose to the trunk, catching a bit of his sweat on the skin. Something then threw you off, “Coal.”
“What?”
“Coal,” you sniffed the spot again, “Or something like it. He had some sort of dust on him.”
“The clan sometimes hang out in abandoned mines or lumber yards,” Minho said, putting his fingerprint dust on the bark next to you. “That might be where it comes from.” 
“We should tell Chan and Han,” you advised, “Then we can see what they learned from the little girl.” 
“Alright.”
He took your hand a second time, and opened up a transport circle once more. In another howling winds, you left the wilderness for the hustle and bustle of Levanter Bay. Stumbling forward a moment, you caught yourself in a deep breath. Hardly anyone appeared bothered by the demon and fairy who’d just popped up in the middle of the town square. 
“Minho,” Changbin came down the steps of the inn, wiping his hands with his apron, “Is it true? Was Barney taken?”
“News travels fast, huh?” he quipped. 
“His dad is in here,” he nodded to the inn behind him, “Hollering about someone taking his boy and that he was gonna hunt the bastard himself.”
“Oh god, no,” Minho groaned. “Don’t tell me he went into the woods?”
“No, no, I talked him down, but he’s more pissed off than Honey when she can’t catch any fish,” he said. “You didn’t find him, did you?”
“We didn’t, but we have leads,” he answered. “Just…make sure they don’t do anything stupid.”
“People know the clan is involved,” Changbin said seriously. “Fred was talking about going to the Brandstone Mine south of here.”
“The mine?” Minho looked over at you, then back at Changbin, “Why there?”
“Rumor has it that Red Hook and his boys are up there,” he answered, looking between the both of you. “It’s only a matter of time before someone takes it upon themselves to take them out.”
“That’s a dumb idea,” you snapped. “It can cause them, or whoever they’re working for, to do something rash.” 
Like kill their captives and dispose of their corpses. Minho was about to give Changbin instructions when a voice called out from behind him, “Lee! Hey, Lee!”
A big burly man with a thick blond beard and short blond hair came storming down the steps towards him. From his red face, you could tell he’d been ranting for a good while now. Minho sighed irritably, “You go to Chan. I’ll handle Fred.” 
You nodded, and watched Minho reach Fred first. Fred, standing several inches above Minho, started shouting right away. You thought Minho might flinch at the sudden rush of anger, but the deputy remained cool. Deciding Minho and Changbin could handle the distressed parent, you walked ahead back to the station. Inside, you found a group of people sitting in the middle of the room. Slyvia sat on the lap of a woman who could only be her mother, and another chameleon hybrid who must be her father. A slender woman with blond hair was beside them, anxiously listening to everything they were saying. Barney’s mother, no doubt. Chan and Han sat in front of the girl, talking to her softly and gently.  
“-Did you see what they looked like?” Chan asked her. “Anything particularly different or noticeable about them?”
“No,” she shook her head. “I was hiding.”
“Could you hear what they were talking about?”
“They said that they’d get burned alive for not getting me,” she said. “But the other man said they didn’t need me.”
Slowly, you approached and put the pieces of her story together. “Did they say any names?”
“Suho, Baekhyun and Maurice.”
“Kim Junmyeon,” Chan grunted, “How’d I know he’d be involved?”
“And Baekhyun too,” added Han. 
“Who are they?” Slyvia’s mother asked. 
“Part of the Red Hook clan,” Chan told her. “We think they’ve been taking the kids. But, Maurice…I don’t know any Maurice around here. Jisung?”
Han thought for a moment, then shook his head. “Nope, nobody comes to mind. Does that name mean anything to you?” he asked the parents, and they shook their heads. 
The moment Slyvia’s parents spotted you, they gasped. Her mother clutched her tightly, while the male stood in front of them. You didn’t make any move towards them, instead deciding to keep your distance. 
“That must be who they’re working for,” you finally spoke up. “Minho and I found four sets of prints on the trees near where he was taken.” 
“That’s a demon!” the man said, “Sheriff, you got a demon in here!”
“She’s a friend, Salazar,” Chan insisted, standing up to put himself between you and the father. “A friend.” 
“That’s a damn demon! There ain’t no demon that's friendly! I’ve seen what those things can do! I wouldn’t be surprised if it’s the one taking all the children!”
“I’m only here to help, sir,” you said from your spot. 
‘Their kind will never accept us! They know nothing of respect or obedience! They must be subdued!’
You shut out Nor’goth’s voice from your head. “Minho and I found some information that backs your daughter’s story,” you said. 
“She’s his niece,” Barney’s mother said, stepping in front of him to address you. When she tucked hair behind her ear, you saw a point at the curve. A Sunwind Elf. “You’re here to…to help us?” you heard the disbelief in her voice. She looked at your horn stumps, then back to your face. “With Barney?”
“Yes, ma’am. I take it you’re his mother?”
“I am,” she nodded. You noticed her puffy eyes, and trembling lips. “Slyvia says he was taken by a shapeshifter.” 
“We believe so,” Chan answered. 
“Your husband is a human, isn’t he? I saw him outside,” you asked her, coming closer. 
“He is,” she nodded. “I’m from Sunwind. What does that have to do with anything?”
“So, your son is a halfling,” you looked to Chan, “Dobin is a wolf pup. Sanghee is a garden fairy, and Hyeyoung is a werecat. They’re all children with magic inside of them.” You turned to Minho’s desk where you found a book left open. When you turned a page, you saw a chapter titled: ‘Yuth’ik: God of the Trees’. Rather than tell Chan that these magical children are likely being used for their magic, you said, “There has to be a connection, right?”
Chan glanced at the open book, then at you, “Yes, there might be.”
“It was those damn bandits in the woods,” Mrs. Pebbles snapped. “They did this. They must have. Who else is vile enough to kidnap innocent children? On a count of them being magical, no less!” 
“Them, and someone they’re working for,” Chan told her, putting up a hand to calm her. “Wilma, go find Fred. Lord knows he’s bound to do something crazy.”
“Too late, Sheriff,” Han said with a deadpan voice as he looked out the window. 
“What?”
Everyone converged by the window where a group of people on horses started kicking up dirt. Their calls and cries mixed together, and you knew what happened by their angry faces. 
They started a damn mob. 
“Damnit!” Chan cursed, grabbing a rifle from beside the door and rushing outside. With all of you behind him, he called out to the crowd, “Hey, hey, hey! What the hell's going on here?! Minho!”
Minho and Changbin tried closing off the horsemen, but there were too many. Fred Pebbles, sat upon a white palomino, glared down at Chan. 
“They got my boy, Sheriff!” he said, voice hoarse and deep. “Those bastards have my boy!”
“We know, but there’s a way to go about this!” Chan shouted over the ruckus, “Hey now! Hey!” 
“Pebbles, damnit man!” Mayor Wallace appeared from the mercantile with a few other customers, “What are you doing?!”
“I'm gonna make this all right!”
“Like hell you are!” the mayor blustered. “We are civilized people! Not animals!”
“So what are we supposed to do?! Let those filthy sons of bitches take our children?!”
“Of course not, but Fred, riling people up and going out there like this can make stuff worse!” Mayor Wallace wiped his brow and said, “Let's all go into the town hall and discuss this-”
“-I'm tired of listening to y'all. You ain't don't nothing-”
Chan cocked his rifle and fired it into the air. The loud gunblast caught everyone’s attention, some of the people ducking and others whipping around angrily. The crowd focused on him, Chan walked up the steps of The White Pearl, and he glared down at them. 
“What the hell’s gotten into all of you? I thought we were people, not animals!”
“They keep taking our children, Chan!” one woman shouted from her horse. “Somebody’s gotta do something!”
“I understand that, but if we went around hanging every single person we thought was guilty, we’d be no better than them,” he remarked. “I know you’re all worried. I know you’re all hurting, but we need to be smart about how we handle this. Red Hook might have his morals-”
“-Horse shit!-
“-But the person he’s working for doesn’t,” he continued. “Now, thanks to Slyvia and our bounty hunter, we’ve discovered some new information.”
“Such as?” Mayor Wallace asked. 
“They’re operating in a coal mine,” Minho said, getting up onto the porch beside Chan. “Anybody know any abandoned mines around here?” 
“There’s the Willfire mine up north,” the woman on the horse called out. “My husband used to work there before the war.”
“The old Brandstone mine too,” said Mayor Wallace. “But, that was gold, not coal.”
“The coal could be dirt,” suggested Changbin, the woodland dwarf. “If they’re living in there, they likely got the dirt on their clothes and hands.” 
“It’s a long shot,” an elderly man said from atop his horse, “But they could also be at my family’s mine. It’s gotten run over by spiders, but if they could’ve exterminated them before moving in.” 
You shuddered thinking about the large arachnids. 
“Alright,” Chan nodded at their answers, “I say we split into groups and search these mines while they’re off guard. Deputy Han will lead a group to the Brandstone mine; Deputy Lee will lead one to the Willfire mine, and I’ll take a group up to Mr. Choi’s mine. If you find them, do not engage,” he said these words firmly, “We need to catch them off guard. Whoever is helping them will not hesitate to kill anyone who opposes them. We need to be vigilant and patient.” 
“And I will stay with the rest of the town here,” Mayor Wallace said to Chan. “Changbin and I will organize something for the children and the families. You know, keep everybody calm during this whole thing.”
“Sounds good…”
“They’re going after magical children,” you whispered to Minho and Han. “They plan to use their magic to open the gates.”
“Makes sense,” Minho nodded. 
“Those poor babies,” Han frowned worriedly. 
“We need to find them quickly,” you told them. “Now that they have four children, they can start their ritual.” 
“Seungmin! Seungmin, where are you?” Chan’s words interrupted you, as he looked through the crowd. 
“Right here, Sheriff.” 
Dressed in a pin-striped shirt with an apron around his waist, Seungmin fixed his glasses on his nose and looked up at Chan. Just by the golden eyes, black wolf’s nose, and furry pointed ears, you realized Seungmin was a werewolf. 
“Where’s your pack at?” Chan addressed him. 
“Likely back home at the den,” he answered. “We’ve been looking ever since little Dobin was taken. He’s one of us, you know. I’ll get word to my father about your search parties.”
“I’ll call on the wisps!” 
A young fairy came floating up to the steps. Black hair in front of his face, the garden fairy’s bright green wings batted as he landed on the floor. You noticed he held onto the medical bag across his body. “They can fly faster than light and move between the different parties if they find something. The trees may have information too.” 
“The trees?” the words left your mouth before you could stop them. 
“They don’t say much,” he said, “But they will speak to me.” 
“Jeongin,” Han said to you, “Garden fairy. He’s also our doctor, believe it or not.” 
“And who the hell is she?!” another woman in the crowd asked. 
“That’s a demon!” the elderly miner gasped, taking a few steps back. A couple others did the same, but you did not react to their shock. “Sheriff, Sheriff, did you know you got a demon next to you?”
“I do, and she’s been extremely helpful since she arrived this morning,” Chan said. 
“I told you,” Mayor Wallace hissed at him. “I said they wouldn't take kindly to her.”
“How do you know she ain’t got anything to do with this?” asked Fred, taking a few steps back on his horse. “Their kind eat children!”
“We don’t eat human flesh,” you rolled your eyes, annoyed. “I don’t know what human started that rumor, but demons who still hold up to our code never harm the young.” You briefly recalled the children who’d get lost in the afterlife, and end up in the terrifying Mar. “I’m only here to help,” you said. 
“For some gold, I expect!” 
“And because whoever is doing this is harming children, and children are sacred to my kind,” you replied sharply. “Their souls are pure and precious.” Whenever a lost soul passed through your gates, a demon always took them back over to the heavenly cloud world of Divinity. 
“Get your heads out of the sand,” Changbin said to the group, “She’s good people.”
“How would you know?” the old man asked. 
“Because I've met dangerous people before, and she's dangerous in a different kind of way.”
“That's just her demon magic working on you!”
“Alright, if you don't believe me then let's get someone else's opinion.”
Changbin whistled through two fingers, and from behind the inn came an enormous grizzly bear. Far too big to be a normal bear, you suspected. Honey came right up to Changbin’s feet, sniffing for a scrap of food. It was when she smelled your scent that she moved over to you. Yes, it was silly of you to reach out to a bear, but you put the back of your hand to her wet nose. She gruffed once, nudging your hand with her nose, and then putting her head underneath it for a few scratches. 
“Honey’s never been wrong about anyone before,” Changbin gave them a satisfied smile. 
“Plus, she’s a war hero,” Minho said, “She killed Nor’goth.” 
The name sent a ripple of uneasiness through the crowd. Even you, who defeated him, couldn't help shifting at the words. Skin hard as rocks and dark purple Nor'goth towered several feet above anyone else. Burning orange eyes stared at you with hate as you challenged him. If it weren't for your allies, you may have died trying to defend your people and the mortal world. 
‘I will not suffer your insolence anymore, Multak! Prepare to meet your doom!”
“Is that true?” One man said with wide eyes. 
“It is,” he answered for you. “I don't know about you all,” he said, going down the steps, “But I think it's pretty handy having a demon around.”
An agreement mumbled amongst the townspeople, but you didn't care. “Chan, we're running out of time,” you hissed at him. “The longer we wait, the closer they get to completing their ritual.”
“To do what?”
“What else? Summon a being they have no business summoning,” you said. “It is going to blow up in their faces, and a lot of people can get hurt if we don't get a move on.”
“Alright,” he nodded. 
All the groups split evenly, everyone mounted their horses and began riding out of town. You looked around for Summer, realizing you'd left her at the Seo farm. No matter. You whistled a three note tune, and a burst of fire came from across the square. Summer dashed through the portal, charging past other people and horses to get right in front of you. She kicked the ground, head swishing as the commotion riled her up. Taking her reins, you held her still before mounting her. 
“YN!” Chan rode up to you on a white horse, “You’re with me. We’re checking the Choi mine.”
You gulped thickly, “Isn’t that the, um, spider one?”
“It is…” he then smirked and your cheeks burned, “Is our strong fire demon afraid of itty bitty spiders?”
“They are not ‘itty bitty’ and they’re gross!” 
His laugh made you grumble, and you charged ahead of him. Summer snorted, making you kick her sides lightly. “Hey, I didn’t pick on you about the snakes.” 
Running behind the group headed to the last old mine, you already pictured the eight-legged creatures likely waiting at the end. The old man mentioned that they’ve likely been driven out by the gang, so you clung onto that. Your skin crawled at the idea of having to fight ginormous spiders when a flash of white caught your attention. Chan’s horse, snowy white, came up to you once again. You got a good look at the animal, seeing the shimmer in its white coat and strands of silver streaked through its mane. Rather than fully black, the beast’s eyes glimmered a dark green color. 
How did Chan get his hands on a sea steed? 
“Where’d you get it?” you asked over the clopping feet. 
“What?”
“Your horse! It’s a sea steed! How’d you get it?”
He gave you a proud smile, “My Ma gave it to me!”
“Your Ma?!”
“She's a mermaid! You should meet her sometime!” He added.
“Your mother is a mermaid?!”
“Yeah, from the Southern Sea,” he said. “My Pa worked as a fisherman, and that's how they met.”
“You're a halfling then?”
“That's usually what people call me.” He then turned to you with a grin, “Not all of us halflings are so obvious.”
“What can you do then? Besides gathering search parties and solving crimes,” you smirked at him. For once, you're not the one under scrutiny. 
“Nothing extraordinary really,” he shrugged. “I used to sing whenever I worked on my dad's boat, since the fish would always come to me. But then I felt bad about luring them to their deaths so I stopped. I can breathe underwater…I could live in Hydrus if I wanted.”
“Hydrus?”
“It's the merfolk capital of the world,” he said. “My Ma sits on the city council. She's a healer there and has her own apothecary. She told me I could always come live with her, but I prefer being on land.”
“How come?”
“My Pa mostly,” he answered honestly. “He needs me more than her. She has her family down there; he's only got me and our dog. My sister lives with her, but she and my cousin come to visit sometimes.”
“Your sister?” 
“Hannah. She's got more mermaid than human, so she struggles living on land. Do you…Do demons have families?”
You gave it a thought. “In a way?” You decided, “We have our clan, which is a family. The Keepers are our parents, and everyone your age is a brother or sister; anyone older is an aunt or uncle.”
“Are you allowed to visit home or are you banished or something like that?”
You shook your head, “I can go if I wish. My horns…” you hesitated, “They're what I traded to live here, but I'm not exiled like some of my kin.”
“So, in a way, you fought against your family.”
“I did. I wasn't happy about it, but I did what I had to do.”
You pictured the demons you fought against during your ride. Brothers and sisters, standing on the other side of the field, severed their ties with the Shadowlands and became Nor’goth’s servants. It hurt you to fight them; you'd grown alongside most of them, and saw them as family. But, Sakmarth said those who break their vows are no longer part of the demon realm. You found that easy to understand but hard to carry out. 
The Choi mines happened to be several miles outside of town. Dusk began to set by the time you reached the outskirts of the mine. The trees around gave almost no sunlight. Whatever light did come through broke through the dark leaves in the canopies. The same canopy where you saw the thin, silver strands of webs. Cobwebs hung from the dark branches and stuck to the tree roots at the bottom. Apprehension settled into your stomach seeing them so high. Already, you felt their pincers snapping close to you and their furry legs skittering when they rushed around. However, seeing Chan and the other townspeople getting off their horses, you knew showing fear would disappoint them. You are Multak, fire demon and vanquisher of Nor'goth. You can't be afraid of anything. 
“Mr. Choi,” Chan looked at the wizened old man coming over to him, “What direction do we take from here?”
“Down this dirt path to the end,” he pointed at the path leading further inside. “My family sold the land when those damned tentaculars started nesting there. If the gang's anywhere, it is right here.”
Chan nodded and let him take the lead. He and several others kept their pistols and rifles ready as you carefully moved through the dead forest. One false step or loud twig might send a signal to any beasts in the area. You kept your hands firmly wrapped around the sword handle, doing your best to not tremble. You peered between thick patches of webbing; tricks of light and shadows created long legs and thick bodies creeping behind the silvery webs. There’d be no way for the gang to survive in arachnid infested woods; they’d be cocooned and devoured in minutes. Their warlock must have cleared them out; you might run into nothing along the way. At least, that’s how you comforted yourself. 
“I thought demons weren't scared of anything,” Chan teased. 
“I'm not scared.”
“Then why are you shaking?”
“Am not.”
“Don't worry, YN. If a spider comes, I'll kill it for you.”
You rolled your eyes, but the image left you feeling nauseous. Going deeper into the dense forest, you began hearing small cracks of twigs or rustling of leaves on the ground. The clicking and clacking of the tentacular species pinched your ears; you thought you might throw up right there. There used to be dozens back home, and you always avoided their nests. This forest is their ideal environment. 
“Wait,” Mr. Choi whispered, putting up a hand, “I see lights. Yeah, they're right there.”
A glowing orange light broke the darkness of the forest on your left. Everyone turned to see it hiding behind dense bushes and trees. Anxiousness stiffened your bones when you saw thicker webs in the trees above you. They must have scared them off not long ago if the webbing appeared so fresh.
“Fred,” Chan called the burly man, “You take Ryu, Harold and Donny and flank them on the right. Mr. Choi, Samantha, and Jenny will take them from the left.”
“And you, Sheriff?” the woman, Samantha, asked.
“YN and I will draw their attention.”
You hardly heard Chan’s orders. You didn’t keep your eyes off the trees for a moment. Phantom hissing and clicking sent shivers up your spine, leaving you in a cold sweat that wet your palms. Back home, clearing out spider nests or infestations was left to the newest soldiers. Shadowland spiders looked nothing like mortal ones. Their venom burned through flesh and bone, and their pinchers stabbed like sharp knives. You hated them. You pushed them from your memory as Chan encouraged you forward. Steeling yourself, you tried keeping your fears deep in your gut instead of on your face. You’re supposed to be a big, scary demon. You are a demon of the fire clan, a warrior forged from rock and flame; not a baby afraid of a few pests.
Very large pests
Carefully, you both walked towards the firelight. Chan kept his rifle pointed ahead and you kept your sword at the ready. The sounds of chatter and laughter caught your ears first. When you and Chan reached a small bundle of bushes, you crouched down to peek through the foliage.
Around a campfire sat four men. One of them, broad and wide, turned sausages in a skillet over the fire while another, slender and narrow, poured more ale from a barrel nearby. One lounged back against large sacks, his hat over his face and a fourth sat on the floor arranging coins into small piles.
“I got twenty gold here, Suho,” the one with the gold said. “That’s five pieces each. I thought you said Maurice would make us rich! This ain’t rich!”
“The real money’s coming soon,” Suho, turning sausages, said. “After he’s done with those kids, he’ll hand over the rest.”
“Are you sure about that?”
“Idiots…” you whispered to yourself. The realization came to you right away, and you shook your head. “They’re the gifts.”
“Gifts?”
“In order to appease Yuth’ik, the summoner has to offer gifts to the god. This warlock did not really need lackeys to kidnap children; they could have done it themselves. They hired these bandits to then hand them over to Yuth’ik.”
“A double-cross…Suho wouldn’t like that.” He thought for a moment, then said, “Follow my lead.”
Chan stepped out through the bushes first, casually walking into the light. You went right after him, eyes sticking to your surroundings. From the rocky face behind them, you guessed they must not be far from the mine entrance.
“Evening, y’all,” Chan said in a friendly tone, “How’re you doing tonight?”
The four men scrambled to their feet. They each reached for a nearby weapon to hold up, but you noticed the shock in their eyes. Only Suho appeared calm and easy.
“Evening, Sheriff,” he replied in a casual tone, “We were just enjoying a nice campfire, some ale and the night time breeze. Care for some?”
“I’m afraid I’ll have to pass. I’m here on sheriff’s business tonight.”
“Is that so?” Suho glanced at his members, who sneered back at him. “That’s a shame,” he cocked his pistol, “Because I’m in the mood for bandit’s business tonight.”
“Do you happen to know anyone named ‘Maurice’, Suho?” Chan took a step forward, unafraid of the gun pointed at him.
“Nah, don't ring a bell, I’m afraid,” Suho shook his head.
“Hm, that’s strange. A little reptile hybrid said you might, and a few friends of mine have been looking high and low for him.” You heard his friendly, polite tone turn serious. “I thought The Hook clan didn’t harm children.”
“We don’t,” he said.
“But the person you’re working for does, and that’s okay by you?”
“I don’t work for anybody but myself,” Suho said.
“Stop with the games, Junmyeon,” Chan cut across him. “I know you and your gang have been kidnapping children from the town. You might be a thieving, no-good outlaw, but I never thought you’d be the type to hurt kids.”
“We don’t have anything to do with that.”
“We have your fingerprints on the trees where Barney Pebbles was taken,” he said. “Who’s Maurice and what is he doing with the kids?”
“I don’t know a ‘Maurice’.”
“Junmyeon…these children could be in serious danger. They’re innocent, and I know you wouldn’t let some psychotic warlock kill them.”
“Again, Sheriff, sorry to disappoint you, but we don’t know what you’re talking about.”
“Do you even know the man you're working for, Junmyeon?” 
“I only work for myself, so yeah, I do know the man I work for.”
“Whoever he's summoning tonight is going to expect human sacrifices…and it's not the kids.”
“What'd you mean?” Asked the shortest one, wide eyed and worried. 
“He needs the kids to open the portal, but he has to have gifts to offer the tree god thing. I'm guessing that's you and your boys. Now,” he took another step, “You can tell us where he is and we stop him or you become an ancient being's dinner.”
You heard a small twig snap from somewhere behind you, and every nerve in your body stood on edge. It could either be a friend or a foe. A big, furry, hungry foe. Up in the sky, you saw the russet colors slowly fading to black. You’re running out of time.
“I still don't know what you're talking about,” Suho declared, but not as strongly. 
“-Junmyeon,” Chan came closer, “Don’t make this harder on yourself. Tell me where Maurice is, and you'll be free to move on.”
“Ha, I doubt that. You’ll have me cuffed before I even talk.”
“You're telling me you want to get eaten then?!”
You grunted and walked past Chan into the light. Eyes glaring at him, you let the fire light wash over you to give them a better view. All four men froze in place at the demon standing on the other side of their campfire. The cracking, burning wood crunched under your boots when you kicked their skillet aside and stood in the fire. The burning flames licked up your legs to your thighs, but you hardly felt them. You might as well have stepped into a warm bath. 
“Listen, scumbag,” you growled, making sure he heard it, “Tell us what you know about the warlock and where he is before I pull you into this fire with me.”
Suho, clearly not one to back down easily, pointed his pistol right at you. “Stay away, demon,” he said stiffly, though you could smell the sweat coming through his pores. Fear. Your demonic roots savored the fragrance, “Or I’ll shoot!”
In a swift motion, you reached out and brought the heavy man right to the edge of the fire. High pitched screams followed his panic kicking as flames danced close to his ankles. Suho tried uncurling your fingers from his shirt collar, but to no avail. You bore your eyes into his as you spoke.
“Where is Maurice, human?”
Too afraid of being burned, Suho did not answer you right away. You quickly looked to the men around him, seeing how they’d backed up and away from you. “I asked you a question,” you grunted, lowering him closer to the fire, “Where is he? Where?!”
“Pl-please!”
“Innocent children will have their lives sucked out of their bodies, and you’re standing there refusing to help them?!” You dragged him into the fire at last, though kept him above the lowest of the flames. The sound of running feet told you his members left him behind to be tortured. “Do you know what we do to people who harm children in the Shadowlands? Hm?” You brought him in closer, “We burn them!”
You dropped him into the fire, and Suho screamed hysterically. Rolling away, he rustled around on the ground to put out the tiny flickers on his back. Panting and sweating, the gang leader stared up at you in horror. Most likely because the fires burning inside you had finally reached your eyes. Their mortal hue turned into burning coals, and your fingers itched to set him aflame.
“In the mines!” he screamed, cowering under your fiery gaze. “He’s in the mines! He has his little pets helping him! Please, don’t eat me! Please!”
“Where’s the entrance?”
Suho whimpered, not answering.
“Where’s the entrance?!” you demanded. 
“Tha-th-that-t- wa-ay!”
He pointed to his left, and you nodded. Storming off into the nearby path, you already saw the sky gradually becoming darker and darker. The warlock could start their ritual at any moment.
“Hey!” you heard several pairs of feet coming up behind you, “Hey, what was that?”
Chan came up beside you, but you kept on moving. “Intimidation,” you said, “You weren’t getting answers, and we’re running out of time, so I stepped in.” You smirked over your shoulder, “Nothing makes a man talk more than under the threat of eternal flames.”
“You weren’t going to actually kill him though, right? That…That isn’t how we do things here.”
“Of course not,” you scoffed. “Yes, people like Suho deserve whatever fate they have coming, but when that happens is not up to me.”
“Oh…”
You knew why he asked that. “I’m not that kind of demon, Chan,” you told him, “I might be a demon, but I’m not a thrill killer. I only do it when-”
You stopped at the sight of metal tracks some yards away. The mine entrance was on the other side of them, dimly lit and foreboding. Empty cargo carts sat on the tracks, and you saw crates stacked on top of one another. Whoever worked this mine abandoned it long ago, and several residents had taken it up. All the fire from before extinguished when you saw the gargantuan spiders roaming the area. The stinging sensation of bile crept up your throat, and your skin started crawling again. Big and hairy, most of them varied in colors of white, gray and black. You almost turned back, but knew to do so now would be abandoning the children and also negating any perceived toughness. 
“Kind of hard to intimidate a wild beast, huh?” Chan asked, humored by your weak attempts. “Especially big ones with several pairs of eyes-”
“-Nothing needs that many eyes or that many legs!” you harshly whispered. “How can we get past them?”
“Fire,” Mr. Choi croaked from behind, pulling out a large matchbox. “It’s how my grandfather used to do it back in the day.”
“Works for me,” Chan shrugged, turning back to you, “YN? Would our fire demon like to handle the big nasty spiders?”
You stuck out your tongue at his smug smile. “I’d love to,” you responded pointedly. “Let me show you how it’s done.”
“Please, be my guest.”
He then made a hissing sound that made you punch his shoulder. You knew he was only teasing. Any other time, you’d tease him back but the sight of a spider coming down from the mountain with a bundle between two legs caught your attention. Fire. Warmth and light always scared off nocturnal beasts. 
Taking a step out of the treeline, a prickling sensation went up your legs, most likely the formation of goosebumps all over your body. You searched for a starting point for the flames, which happened to be the light shedding of webs along the tracks. In a single thrust of your hand, a bolt of red-hot fire shot from your palm and onto the metal tracks. 
Like a spark to gunpowder, the fire quickly began spreading. The beasts sensed the fire right away, and scurried away from the light. When one of them spotted you, it screeched loudly and scuttled over to you. With a high scream, your entire body went into a panic and you shot both hands out. Shrieking screams pierced your ears as the flames engulfed the creature, whose cries died out along with a few others. Your comrades, not wanting to miss out, started shooting. Gun blasts added to the fires scaring off the spiders; some of them took several shots while the proper marksmen got them between the eyes. 
“Come on,” Chan took one of your wrists, “Let’s get inside.”
“Inside?!”
You imagined more spiders awaited you in there, “This is no time to be a baby! Let’s go!”
Guiding you through the scorched earth, you kept your eyes peeled for any more spiders, but they’d appeared to have been killed or scared off. You’d gotten right into the entrance when your party came up behind you. 
“There’s more where they came from,” said Mr. Choi, “But don’t you worry. I grew up in this mine. I know it in and out.”
“Yuth’ik is an earth god,” you deduced from research, “He’s likely far underground where there’s roots.”
“I know the right place,” he nodded. 
Chan and Mr. Choi led the group, and you did your best to keep your shaking legs moving normally. Someone came up beside you. 
“You really showed Suho.” It was Fred, carrying his rifle across his chest. “I ain’t ever seen a man scared out of his wits like that before.”
“Being the good cop wasn’t working,” you shrugged, “So I played the bad one.”
“We could have used someone like you when this all started.” Once he realized how that sounded, he recovered, “I mean, the sheriff and his deputies are great at their jobs. It's…Things weren't being done quick enough.”
“I understand,” you said. The amount of webs did not match the spiders outside. There are more of them. “He was doing the best he could with what he had. I'm glad to be of some use here.”
Fred moved to talk again, but the group then stopped. In the spacious coal mine, you saw them right when everyone else did. High above the floor, cocoons hung from the ceiling and stuck to the walls. Bundles long and short were covered in several lengths of sticky webbing. You gulped back the fear burning in your throat, and stepped over to a nearby cocoon. About the average size of an adult, you poked it with your sword. When it didn't move, you looked at Chan with a worried stare. Your suspicions proved true when you cut a hole in the head to see the corpse of a young elf maiden inside. Sickly pale and blue, her paper thin skin and hollowed cheeks suggested she'd died ages ago. 
“How horrible…” Samantha frowned, opening another to find an old man. 
“Donny,” Chan looked at Fred’s farmhand, “Stay here with Samantha and start cutting the bodies down.”
“Harold and I'll keep watch,” Fred said, pulling out a flint to light a nearby stick. 
“Good idea,” he nodded his approval. 
As the other four started removing bodies, the rest of you went further into the mine. It didn't take much longer to reach the heart of the mine, and it was there that you thought you might scream. Dozens of spiders small and large covered the walls, and stood on the ground around a platform of rocks. None of them caught your scent yet, but one false move will have you setting the place on fire in a panic. You flinched when a warm hand grabbed yours. 
“Stay with me,” Chan whispered, his fingers gently taking your wrist this time. “We need to stick together.”
“The kids!” Mr. Choi gasped, pointing at the platform. 
Wrapped from the neck down in white webs, four children wriggled around an archway carved into the stone wall. You heard their sobbing pleas through the unrest amongst the beasts, and you forced out your fears. They needed you. It was then that you finally saw the warlock named Maurice. The top half of his body was a human torso, aged but strong with white hair braided back from his face. The bottom half was a spider's form, eight legs keeping him standing high above the children. That explained why the creatures hadn't killed any of the clan members. 
“My children!” He said, his voice a delicate hiss, “Tonight we bring forth the power of the old magic! We bring forth our salvation! We bring forth our victory!” 
The beasts approved, clicking and clacking in their language. 
“For centuries, mortals have feared our presence! They run from us! They hunt us down and kill us!” He continued, “But tonight, sweet children, the old god Yuth’ik will give us our redemption. We will have our revenge!”
“Ugh, disgusting creature,” Mr. Choi scoffed. “Let's get him-”
“-Not yet,” Chan stilled him with a hand. He scanned the area and shook his head, “There are too many of them. They'll overpower us. We have to be smart about this.”
“Or extremely dumb,” you said, a thought coming to you. “You stay hidden and wait for my signal.”
“YN!” 
Your knees wobbled walking towards the entryway into the main area. A human would be of no concern to the spider hybrid, but a demon from The Mar might keep him distracted. 
“-No more will you cower in your nests, feeding off scraps! You will have fresh meat!-”
“I wouldn't say my meat is fresh!” You shouted over the chatter of the room, “But demons are an acquired taste, I've been told.”
Maurice paused in surprise at the sight of you. Black eyes held you in their gaze. He had four of them. Nobody needed that many eyes.
“Ah,” he grinned, teeth sharp and white, “Here's the demon I've heard so much about. Was it you who harmed my children outside?”
“They were in my way.” 
Confidently, you walked through the horde, which parted to make way for you. Glittering black eyes stayed on you as you moved. Having them all in one place suffocated any fresh winds coming through the tunnel passages. Your skin prickled having them so close to you. You kept a tight grip on your sword at your hip, gripping so tight the pummel dug into your palm. No fear. Show no fear. 
“You know summoning an imprisoned god is against the celestial laws, Maurice,” you continued. “The Blind One doesn't take kindly to people who disobey him. I suggest you release those children and take your spider friends back where they came from.”
Maurice gave a mocking laugh, “As if you could do anything to stop me. Once my ritual is complete, no mortal alive could stop me.” 
He turned away from you to face the archway. “You'll have to give him something in return,” you said, “And be in servitude to him for life. I don't think you want to be someone's puppet, do you?”
“I will do anything I must,” he said. “I shall be the ultimate supreme lord. Everyone will bow down to me or suffer the wrath. The weak mortals you so eagerly helped will be scum beneath my feet.”
“Please, help us!” A red-haired girl with leaves in her hair cried. Sanghee, no doubt. “Help us!”
“Please!” said the werecat Hyeyoung. 
“He's going to kill us, please help!” pleaded a blond boy with concurved ears. “Help! I want to go home!”
“Silence!” Maurice shouted angrily over his shoulder. 
He lifted his head towards the arch and began muttering the incantation. It brought forth a vortex of black and blue, and gradually a white light broke through. You gasped at the recognizable swirls of The Abyss. Unrest rippled throughout the horde, who'd begun moving away as the portal opened. 
“Children,” the warlock called out to the spiders, “Dinner.”
You screamed as several spiders hurried towards you, some clawing over others to reach you. Fear and panic set inside you again, and erupted on its own. Bursts of fire cracked and burned the ground around your feet, keeping a protective circle as you started launching fireballs at any beast in sight. 
‘Bulgakgan!’
Flames shot out continuously from your hands, and as you moved in a clockwise circle, spiders were incinerated. One minute there, the next a stumbling ball of fire. Sensing a greater foe, the rest of the spiders began crawling away. This boosted your confidence significantly, and you switched to your sword. With another command, the dragonfire runes on your sword burned red and heated up the steel blade. Swinging and slashing the air, the spiders burned from the flaming steel alone. You hardly noticed the grunting and struggling occuring on the platform above you. 
Chan was locked in a struggle with Maurice. He blocked the hybrid's long legs with his arms, then gave a swift kick to the steady legs on one side. Maurice shot bolts of gray and black shadow magic at him. One barely grazed his bicep, and you heard his loud painful cry. Maurice, believing him finished, sent more shadow bolts at him just as Chan rolled away. Getting onto his feet, you watched through your own fight as Chan turned around. Mr. Choi, holding his own against his own foes, tossed him a rifle. Maurice chuckled right as Chan raised his weapon. 
“For Levanter Bay!” 
You heard the war cry from behind you. Fred, Samantha and Donny appeared, sweating and fueled with adrenaline as they covered the front entrance. A gunshot bounced off the walls, though the thick webs kept the sound suppressed. Chan's bullet missed, which amused Maurice, who curved his hands until more dark matter materialized between his palms. Chan quickly reloaded, but Maurice rushed at him. With another shadow bolt, he knocked Chan squared in the chest and launched him back several feet. 
You hurled a fireball at his legs, causing him to fall against the wall. This split second diversion was all Chan needed to shoot a bullet into Maurice's forehead from the ground. Their leader defeated, propped up by his legs, the other spiders disappeared from battle up through ceiling tunnels leading further into the mountain. You took deep breaths, heart pounding in your chest as you rushed over to Chan's side. 
“Chan, are you alright?” you asked, looking him over. 
The shadow bolt singed his shirt, the black mark vibrant against his chest, but otherwise no blood. It hadn't gone through completely. 
“Thick skin,” Chan winced through a laugh. “Merfolk side, they say.”
You both stood up on shaking legs, “Still, shadow magic is nothing to sniff at. You need to get that checked out.”
“Yes, ma'am,” he saluted halfheartedly. 
The thought of Chan being mortally wounded by shadow magic came to you. You'd grown to like Chan. You felt glad for his merfolk blood. His eyes glimmered even in the dim torch light, and his soft smile warmed your cheeks. You turned from him to see Mr. Choi cut the children out of their cocoons. To avoid more butterflies, you started helping him. 
“Papa!” 
Barney Pebbles ran to his father the second you freed him, weeping and reaching out before the man embraced him tightly. The other children took comfort in the adults who'd saved them. 
“Sheriff Bahng!” Dobin, furry with a black snout, ran over to him, “I knew you'd come! I told everyone you'd come for us!”
“Of course I did.” Chan hugged him and patted his back. “Your parents have been worried to all hell about you. Let's not keep them waiting.”
“Or stick around for more of those things!” You added, shuddering and sheathing your blade. 
The rest agreed and walked with you out of the mine. You took in deep breaths of fresh air, feeling the breeze cool down your body. Heat never bothered you, but it still felt nice to fan your flames. You watched Barney and Fred riding back on his horse, the young boy protected by his arms. Being raised in The Mar by the warrior fire clan, people thought your clan were cruel. In fact, it'd been the opposite. You sat on your horse, remembering the time an air demon healer soothed your cries after a particularly nasty spar in the yard. 
“Ma'am?” Hyeyoung sat on Samantha's horse, tearful and shivering. “Are you a real demon?”
“Yes, I am.”
“But demons are supposed to be mean.”
“I'm only mean to the bad guys.”
She grinned at this, but said nothing else as she leaned into Samantha's embrace. When you reached the main road, you caught up with Minho and Han towards town. Minho found nothing at his mine, and Han only ran into vagrants with nowhere to live. What you really anticipated was the missing children with their parents. Word spread about your mission while you'd been gone, and as you rode to the town square, all four children rushed to their parents. Cries of joy and smooching kisses reached your ears, and it brought warmth into your chest. 
“Oh, thank god!” Mayor Wallace appeared from the school house building, which doubled as a meeting hall apparently. He hustled over to Chan, “Chan, Chan, thank goodness you came back safely! And you got the children back too!”
“It wasn't all my doing, Gerald,” Chan insisted, dismounting his horse. “I had help.”
Mayor Wallace looked at you once more. You expected words of suspicion or caution, but instead he held out his hand, “Thank you, YN. We wouldn't have our children back if you'd not stepped in on time.”
“I was only doing my job, sir.”
“And a fantastic one you did.” 
Someone called him from afar, and he excused himself. The weight of the battle, using your own magic, and the adrenaline wore you down. The hazy feeling of exhaustion came over you  within minutes. You looked on the townspeople being reunited with friends and loved ones fondly, similar to scenes you'd come across during the war. The fear of the past few weeks lifted at the return of the four children. Taking a seat outside The White Pearl, you continued observing them. 
Nor’goth used to claim that humans were selfish beings that knew nothing of loyalty. They were animals that killed each other needlessly. The people of Levanter Bay proved him wrong. The mortal world proved him wrong. When the tides grew high and the odds stacked against them, mortals banded together under one flag. They created The Allies, and stood as one against a common enemy. The Shadowland cities did no such thing until the war, and Sakmarth liked to say mortals had much to teach them. You couldn't help being in awe of them at that moment. 
“Hey there, Honey,” you said kindly as the bear waddled up the steps towards you. She sniffed your palm once more, then licked it. “You should've mentioned you liked spiders. I would've brought back some legs.”
“They're too boney and don't have enough meat for her.”
With the pet came its tamer. Changbin stood at the door a foot away, leaning on the frame. 
“She usually eats salmon or roots and berries I pick up on my hunts,” he took a seat beside you to watch the community. “You really pulled it off, huh?”
“You doubted I would?”
“Not for a minute,” he shook his head, “But it's amazing. The kids are saying you had a flaming sword?”
“It's a rune blade.”
“Interesting,” he nodded thoughtfully. “You'll make big money off of this. Saving children from a spider hybrid must be-Haha, what's with the shudder?”
“I hate spiders,” you grumbled. “Why did it have to be spiders?”
He laughed and patted your back, “Come inside, hero. We cooked up a feast to celebrate. You look like you could use a drink or two too.”
“Good, I'm starving!” 
You went inside with him to find tables of food laid out. You went in right away, sneaking apples to give to Summer later on. As you tore into a chicken leg, Han and Minho appeared in front of you with their own plates.
“Spider hybrid, huh?” Minho sniffed, “I suppose we were wrong about the human warlock theory.”
“Very,” you nodded, taking a huge bite of your chicken leg before turning it over. “He hardly got a chance to summon Yuth’ik.”
“Chan said you got there in the nick of time,” Han said, forking mashed potatoes into his mouth. “He said he might have gotten killed if you hadn't come along.”
“And that he inherited his mother's skin,” Minho sipped an ale cup before saying, “Well done, Multak. I told you we'd have this thing finished by supper.”
You both grinned at one another before digging into your supper.
****
The festivities carried on through the night into morning. You crashed into your bed upstairs and passed out instantly. When you left your room for the common area downstairs the next morning, you were met with applause. This reaction startled you, But not as much as the praise. 
“Thank you, YN!” Fred Pebbles came over from the bar and lifted you into a bear hug. “From me and mine, thank you!”
“Woah, okay!” You laughed out your surprise. 
“We mean it,” Wilma walked up from behind him, holding out something to you. “Here, take this as a thank you.”
Made of pure tiger's eye, someone engraved the blazing sun into the small charm. It hung from a thick string that glistened in the sunlight.
“It's a tiger's eye,” she explained. “My people wear certain stones for different things. This charm will protect you on future quests.”
“Appreciated, Matriarch.”
She smiled at the elvish title. “No, thank you. Barney is our only son. When we heard he'd been taken, we thought he'd be dead for sure. It was by the light's grace that you showed up when you did.” You saw her watery eyes and hugged her tightly.
It then occurred to you that The Pebbles' weren't the only ones with tokens of gratitude. When Wilma and Fred left, the other parents met you outside. Sanghee’s grandmother gifted you a valerian plant, meant to bring strength and knowledge to you. Dobin's father and mother gave you a wolf tooth, a special gift given to allies of specific werewolf packs; Hyeyoung's werecat parents did something similar with a cat claw. But, it was the children who warmed you the most. 
“There's the demon lady!” Dobin said from across the square. 
They'd all been standing in the middle of the market with Han, who smiled at you. “Well, go on,” he encouraged, “Jump her.”
You flinched at the gaggle of children coming your way. They didn't jump on you, but they surrounded you. 
“Do you really have a flaming sword?”
“Can you make people turn into dust?”
“Hyeyoung said you set the spider man on fire!”
“Ms. Demon Lady, did you die?!”
You didn't know which one to answer first. However, their barrage of questions ended when Chan appeared. 
“Come on now,” he said, shepherding them away, “Don't crowd YN. You got school.”
The children groaned in disappointment, but still walked away. You fixed your jacket on your shoulders, watching them going towards the schoolhouse. Most people you helped handed you the money, and then sent you on your way. The people in those towns usually didn't know you'd helped them at all; they only cared when their own people rushed into danger. Yet, the cold reception you received when you arrived turned warm and friendly. 
“You've become pretty popular around here,” Chan told you. “You're all the kids have been talking about.”
“And clearly their opinion is the only one that matters,” you smiled in amusement. “How are the kids doing?”
“They're still shaken up, since, you know, a spider hybrid kidnapped them and planned on sacrificing them to a tree god,” he answered, “But they're happy to be back home. Thanks to you.”
“And you,” you added. “How's your chest? That bolt hit you pretty bad.”
“Minho took care of it for me,” he shrugged, though you noticed the slight wince when he did. “It just stings. Nothing to worry about.” He then fished in his pocket to withdraw a leather pouch, “The mayor wanted me to pass this onto you. Your payment.”
You opened the pouch to see dozens gold and silver coins in the bottom of the bag. With an approving nod, you already budgeted what amount went to what expense. 
“So, um, where do you plan to go now?” Chan asked you, hands in his pockets as he walked with you to the stables behind the White Pearl. “You can always pick up other jobs around here. Someone always needs help. Mrs. Young still has a boar problem; she says they keep eating her cabbages. I didn't know they even ate cabbage,” he added with a soft laugh. 
You chuckled, coming up to Summer's stable. Your horse kicked the ground gently, a greeting. “As tempting as Mrs. Young's boars sound, Summer and I were planning on heading to the capital.” You pet Summer's snout, smiling softly as she huffed. “Don't worry. We'll take a ferry there.”
Chan stayed silent, then said, “Um, that might be a problem.”
“How come?”
“The ferry isn't running right now,” he said, thumbs hooked in his pockets. “Our local sea serpent has been seen close to the bay, and the King declared the ferry closed to keep people safe. You know these sea monsters. They like knocking boats over and eating people.”
“The King said this?” You faced him, arms crossed in disbelief. “I didn't hear anything about that.”
“It came in an hour ago,” he said. “Private government papers and other boring stuff. The damn thing nearly swallowed a whole navy ship, so imagine a little transport ferry. Psh, they'd stand no chance.”
Not once did you ever hear a royal decree not being posted or spoken about anywhere. Looking over Chan, you noticed the slight curls in his black hair, pushed back from his face and left to grow out. Brown eyes looked at you with a twinkle of hope inside them. You supposed you could stay a little bit longer. It isn't as if you had important business anywhere else. Levanter Bay did not seem to be a terrible place; the sunshine is something to be desired, but the people were actually nice. You touched the tiger's eye necklace you'd been given, as if rubbing it might produce an answer. 
“I guess we can hang around here,” you said casually. “What do you think, Summer?” You asked your horse, “Want to hang around here for a bit?” You laughed when she grazed on the hay inside a feed bag. “I guess that's a ‘yes’.” 
“Great,” Chan grinned. “That's really great.”
“Looks like you're in luck then,” you walked up to him, casually, “You'll have someone help your station get out from under the bounties up on that board.”
“I'm not proudful. We could use a demon in this town. Except, maybe one that doesn't burn down a whole cave because of a few spiders.”
“There were more than ‘a few’,” you punched his shoulder, but he only laughed. “There were hundreds, and I took out a good amount before everyone else joined in. I noticed you, Sheriff, didn't fight any spiders.”
“I was fighting the biggest one!”
The two of you talked about Maurice and his disgusting army on the way back to the inn. You had enough gold to buy you food and board at the inn, and you actually liked Changbin and Honey didn't scare Summer. 
It's not such a bad place after all. 
***
A/N: Wow, my first Stray Kids fic (well, a real one. The last one doesn't count too much to me). I hope you guys really enjoyed this one! I have one for each of the members coming up soon! Like, comment, and reblog! it keeps posts alive <3
Episode 2 >
58 notes · View notes
dreaming-medium · 2 months
Text
Animals Without Direction
Chapter Thirty-Two: Music of the World
Previous Chapter | Next Chapter
Masterlist
“Healing magic takes more concentration than destruction magic,” Hyunjin says very plainly. His words are so melodic they flow into one another. It makes it seem like everything he says is poetry. “It takes a very special school of thought to heal the body with magic.”
The two of you sat on the ground, your backs against the log behind you with the roaring bonfire at your feet. Your shoulders are pressed together while he talks. Cold winter air isn’t getting anywhere near the two of you from your proximity to the bonfire’s warmth. 
“It comes from a very pure part of the mind and soul. The need to heal people’s wounds is pure with good intentions.”
Hyunjin holds out his hand, his palm facing up. You stare down at his extended fingers. 
“Some people believe that destruction is harder than healing– they could not be more wrong. It is easy to destroy, to pull volatile energy from the world and fling it somewhere else. To heal, you pull that energy and slowly inject it into a person’s body, allowing them to mend. Many Elves try their entire lives to master it, but they have such eccentric souls that they cannot do it.”
He gathers up a small ball of light in his hand. It shimmers and sparkles with a pure, golden glow. It looks like the magic you’ve seen Felix produce many times. He would be so proud of you at this moment. His warm smile fills your mind.
The night around you and Hyunjin is still– due to it being Winter you could not even hear crickets chirping.
There’s a certain silence that fills the air during the coldest months. It feels closer and somehow louder, lonelier. But with Hyunjin next to you, the silence doesn’t seem as heavy as it typically does. 
“It is the same technique as before,” he instructs you. “But this time, when you pull the energy from the air, picture yourself soothing it, calming down its rambunctious movements down to sit very plainly in your grasp; like a mother soothing an excited child.”
He motions for you to try, the golden light vanishing from his hand and dissipating into the air. 
Slowly, you stick your hands out like before, letting your eyes slide closed.
“Everything in this world has energy, the grass, the stars, even the log we lean against.” Hyunjin’s voice gets deeper and slower, it washes over your ears like water in a creek. “You can draw this energy anywhere, it does not need to be a light source.”
His words stop and the silence of the night begins again. 
But, the more you focus on his words, the more you begin to notice how there’s no cold winter silence at all. Just like he said, everything around you gives off its own frequency, its own hum. Vibrations come off of everything around you, you can feel it permeating into your skin.
“Draw from them, borrow their power. Feel their energy in your soul and bring it into your own hands, keep it contained to your own pure soul.”
Tingles begin in your elbows and slowly flow down your forearms. The feeling swirls around your palms and wraps around your fingers, all the way down to the tips and then back to your hands.
The music of the world starts to form a song. A song that starts off the way an orchestra warms up– how each musician would be playing their own melody to loosen their muscles and prepare for the piece to come. Bows pulled over violin strings, soft tufts of air blown into flutes, drumsticks beat heavily into drums.
As seconds tick by, you pull their notes together to allow harmonies to form. In the beginning, it’s just two melodies that sync together, but they meet and continue as if they’ve always been on the same song. 
Heat grows warmer and warmer in your palms.
The song continues on, soft piano twinkling swells to meet the other tunes that begin to harmonize with one another. 
A beautiful, slow, even arrangement hums through the once freezingly still, cold air. The same atmosphere that felt suffocatingly silent just mere moments ago now expands and sings as a chorus. The blades of grass wisping through a gentle wind carrying notes that meld with the easy, slow beat of the stone walls.
You don’t even need to open your eyes to know that a beautiful ball of light sits in the palm of your hands. You just know it's there, hovering above your eager palms. 
Hyunjin’s voice breaks through the music, but he doesn’t interrupt the stream, no, he only adds to the beauty of it. “There it is,” he whispers.
How could he possibly have murmured in perfect tune with the world? Does he hear their song too? Does he hear the way the logs in the fire pop the way cello strings are plucked?
“You now take this beautiful energy you have created, and you focus it on a wound, a rip in the beauty of someone’s body, and you use it to heal it.”
He shuffles around next to you, warm fingers wrap around your forearm. “Here,” he says gently. “I have a small cut on my forearm, would you help me, healer?”
You chuckle under your breath at his teasing words and nod. You’re worried that if you try to use your voice for even a second, the orchestra you’ve conducted will cease, and you’ll be left to sit in silence once more.
Hyunjin very gently grabs your wrist, he brings your hands closer to him. Your body shifts and you allow him to guide your touch down to his forearm.
“Think about the makeup of a living being, picture everything down to the blood the flows through my veins. Use your beautiful light to heal what has been broken, use it for good.”
You do as he says.
Various images fly across your mind. Veins and muscles that were once torn being resewn together, skin growing back over cuts and burns. 
The music swells louder and louder, music notes swirl around your ears and surround you completely. 
Will the world always sound like this? Is this her beautiful, unchanging song?
Hyunjin lets out a tiny sigh of relief, the air from his exhale fanning over your face from how close the two of you had gotten. “Just like that,” he whispers. “Just like that, healer.” 
Slowly, and against your very best wishes, the music begins to fade. The notes get slower, the tempo decreases. The time in between each drumbeat gets longer and longer. The energy within your palms begins to cool down.
Once you no longer can feel the energy within your hands, you allow your eyes to slide open once more. 
Your hands still rest on Hyunjin’s forearm. You look down to inspect it for any sign of a cut.
Running your fingers over his smooth skin, you see nothing, not even a scratch or even a scar to be found. Did you do it? Did you heal him?
“Congratulations, Y/N,” Hyunjin coos, drawing your attention again. You look up and see he is practically nose to nose with you. HIs sharp eyes are the softest you’ve ever seen. 
His piercing gaze is usually one to rival Minho’s; but now, he looks like he’s looking at the first flower of Spring. 
“I did it,” you whisper, obvious happiness present in your voice.
“You did,” he repeats.
You look back down at his forearm. “You are not jesting with me, correct? There really was a cut here?”
“Aye,” Hyunjin laughs under his breath. “I do not jest, you healed me, Y/N.”
You healed him, you actually healed him! 
A happy laugh bubbles in your chest while you look down at his flawless forearm. “I healed you,” you say in disbelief. “I healed you!”
You look up at Hyunjin once more with pure happiness on your face. “Oh, I cannot believe it. I never thought I would learn any magic, let alone restoration magic!”
He mirrors your smile, the corners of his lips turning up. “And yet here we are.”
Hesitating for a moment, you then speak up. “Do you hear the music too when you use magic? The music of the world?”
He stares at you, a little confused for just a split second. “Music? Nay, I do not hear music when I use magic.”
“Oh,” you say, a little disappointed.
“But,” he starts. “It is different for every Elf. The way our soul visualizes magic is different for everyone.”
“How do you see it?”
Hyunjin hums, his eyes looking around. He bites his lip in concentration, trying to find the right words to use to possibly describe it to you.
“Do you know the way paint runs over canvas? The way the color comes from a brush– especially waterpaint?”
You nod.
“That is how I see magic. Everything has its own color, texture, medium, all of it. When I draw energy from different sources, it’s like creating a beautiful painting in my soul. Sometimes they are so unforgettable that I try to recreate them.”
Your mouth drops open for a second. “Your workshop,” you say quickly. “The paintings all over the walls, were they pieces you saw in your mind?”
“Aye,” he answers with a smile. “Every last one of them is from my magic. Beautiful, no?”
“It is,” you say with wonder laced through your tone. 
Leaning back against the log, you let your eyes wander to the fire. 
The beauty of the world around you has never been something you were able to stop and appreciate. It was more something you knew existed but figured it was for other people to enjoy. 
This didn’t mean that you couldn’t stop to enjoy the occasional painting or sculpture, but just that you didn’t have the time to sit and understand it. 
But now that you’ve heard the beautiful music that the objects could make around you, you find yourself craving more than what you get every day. You want to stop and smell the roses, stare up at the stars, watch the way the wind blows through the leaves of trees in the Summertime. 
Wouldn’t it be so nice to just sit by a pond and watch as a duck with her ducklings swims by? To be able to observe how the shadows fall across the valley from the clouds passing by the sun?
The crushing weight of the war around you creeps up in the back of your mind.
There was no time to ogle at the beauty of the world when other people feared they might live to see the next sunrise.
Hyunjin must have watched your face fall.
“I say that we have had enough for tonight.” 
Your head looks over at him, your lips part to usher a rebuttal, but he interrupts you. 
“Nay, you need rest, I need rest. We are going to need to get in all the hours of sleep we possibly can in the next few days.”
He’s right, you know he’s right. But you feel like you just found a secret of the world, how are you supposed to stop when you just started?
“We will practice again tomorrow night, Y/N, I swear to you.”
The mage stands up from the ground, brushing the dirt off his clothes. The light from the fire illuminates his face in an ethereal way. 
“Come,” he says, holding out his hand. You take it and he helps you up to your feet. “Now, off to your room. And I best not hear any sounds coming from inside.”
“Or what?” you tease, following after him as he makes his way towards the fort.
“Or I will withhold magic lessons.”
You groan and roll your eyes. “Sure, whatever, but you need to stop acting like my father.
------------------------------------------
Daytime around camp is much different than nighttime. 
When the sun is high in the sky, you can expect to hear various commands being thrown left and right by Changbin and other higher up officers in the army. 
The blacksmiths of the camp are working in overdrive to try and prepare all the weapons and armor for the impending attack.
It’s lunchtime on December the Ninth. Two full days until the axis of the world tilts. 
“Y/N,” Changbin calls out to you across the training grounds. “Keep that elbow locked when you are blocking!”
Quickly, you shift your form, following his orders. Your sparring opponent tries to take advantage of the supposed distraction, swinging their sword around to try and strike at your right side.
Your reflexes are too fast. You jump out of the way, nimbly dodging their swipe and kicking upwards at the hand holding their weapon. They too dodge your attack and the two of you are back in the rhythm of the spar. 
“Knees bent, Y/N!” Changbin yells at you again from across the field, his voice seems closer now. 
Your knees were already bent? If you squat down any more, your center of gravity will be off and a stiff breeze will knock you over.
For the first time, you decide to ignore his command, continuing with your movements.Over and over again you hit your sword into your partner’s. 
“Y/N! Knees bent!” His voice is even closer now. 
Again, you ignore him with a sneer pulling at your lips. What does he mean bend your knees?
Three more swipes against your sparring partner, one jab in your direction, a kick to the ribs, a missed stab.
Before you’re able to attack again, a boot shoves into the back of your knee, causing you to collapse into the dirt.
“Fuck!” you call out, bracing against the ground to stop your fall. “By The Six!” you curse. 
Your partner’s eyes are wide in shock.
Whipping your head around, you see Changbin staring down at you with his arms crossed over his chest, a frown on his face. You stand up quickly, coming closer to him.
“What is wrong with you?” you bark at him, your temper flaring. 
His own anger swells with your lashing out. “Watch your tongue! You were the one not following commands!”
“Following–” You balk and scoff. “My knees were already bent, if I bent them any more I would be squatting in the dirt!”
“Why are you challenging my instruction?” Changbin’s eyebrows furrow, his cheeks flush with anger. 
“Because I know what I am doing and I am telling you that my knees do not need to be bending anymore. I listen when I know what you are saying is correct.”
His chest puffs and his face darkens. Obviously, he is not taking too kindly to you challenging his authority. 
In the months you’ve been a part of Miroh’s court, never did you go against any of his commands, not once pushing against any of his corrections or lessons he taught on the training grounds.
But tensions were running high in the camp, everyone was on edge and frazzled. 
“Ten laps around the fort,” Changbin says lowly, his voice gruff. The two of you keep eye contact with each other, neither one wanting to back down.
Every single soldier, who had previously stopped to stare at your pissing contest, groans.
“Not you lot,” he says louder, talking to his soldiers. “Just Y/N.”
Your jaw drops open in disbelief. “What? Changbin–”
“Fifteen.”
“You are being ridiculous!”
“Twenty.”
“I do not have to do this.”
“Twenty five.”
You maintain fiery eye contact with him, red hot frustration bubbling up in your chest. It’s burning hot and clouding your sensibility. 
Oh, you could scream, you can practically feel the temper tantrum on the tip of your tongue. You can taste every single awful insult you want to throw Changbin’s way. It’s taking every bit of self control you have not to let them fly.
He doesn’t back down. Just by staring at his face, you can tell that he’s only just keeping it together.
But still, you can’t hold your tongue.
“To the Void with you, Changbin.”
“Thirty.”
You throw your shield and sword on the ground at his feet, the dust from the dirt kicking up. You roll your shoulders back and walk away from the training grounds.
But, you make sure you harshly bump your shoulder into his as you walk past. It takes too much effort, but you do manage to knock him off balance to make his boots shift in the dirt. 
“Come straight to my office when you are done.”
“I will think about it.”
Who the fuck knows how long thirty laps is going to take you?
61 notes · View notes
dandelions-143 · 3 days
Text
Tumblr media Tumblr media Tumblr media
Who’s Gonna Hold You like me? Nofuckinbody
Part 1
This one’s kind of sad/dramatic but there will be more parts to it.
Pairing: Idol Changbin x f!reader
Genre: Friends to Friends with benefits to nothing
Warnings: not much, cussing, a little drinking, it just ends sad… for now
Summary: You’re friends with Idol Changbin. You spend as much time together as possible. It’s always a fun time with him. Late nights sneaking out doing things you know would get you both in trouble but, it also feels like Changbin is stringing you along in some ways and it gets to you… coming to a bow up after so long of holding it in.
Masterlist
(Did not proofread… sorry!! Also likes and reblogs are highly appreciated!!)
He had all the car windows down. The wind combing through your hair. The music was up loud and he was speeding down the coast towards the beach. You looked over and a ghost of a smile played upon his lips. He was beautiful, sweet, gentle, and a little wild. Changbin was not suppose to be out right now, he had a busy schedule as an idol. A strict schedule nearly daily and he always stuck to that except late at night.
He would come and pick you up in his new car he recently bought. You would run out of your front door adrenaline pumping through your veins at the sight of him and the fact that if he got caught sneaking out of his dorm or if he got caught with you it could possibly mean real trouble for him. Changbin didn’t care, he wanted to spend every night he could with you and his friends.
Changbin was a bit of a bad boy, taking you to abandon places that had no trespassing signs just so you two could stay out all night drinking, dancing crazy to the muffled playlist coming from your phone, sharing heated kisses, and needy touches. Or he would hop a fence and sneak you into a hotel swimming pool to go skinny dipping after pool hours. And then sometimes he would just take you to a party with his friends from his past.
Like tonight he was taking you to the beach which was closed after sundown but there was a bonfire happening and he had pretty much begged you to go with him. Now, even though you two spent most nights together he had only ever kissed you, he never tried to do more than that even though you wished he would cross that line.. you would beg for it if it wouldn’t be humiliating. So you two stayed friends that would sometimes make out.
You craved his attention. You loved the way he would look at you sometimes as if he knew a secret that you didn’t. That little cocky smirk he got when you would tell him a dirty joke you heard, like you could see the smutty thoughts flowing through his mind. You touched yourself to the thought of him. You just wanted him always and tonight was going to be the night you told him exactly how you felt and what you wanted.
—————————————————————————————————————————
Changbin walked a little ahead of you as you both walked from the parking lot onto the still warm sand. He grabbed your wrist lightly pulling you along, “Hurry, so we can get a good cold drink.” You only smiled and picked up the pace. “Patience Changbin, the party wont leave. It’s still going to be there, also I’m a bit nervous. These people are all your friends I wont know anyone there.” You said as you walked up beside him and Changbin dropped your wrist, which you instantly missed the warmth of his large hand on your skin.
“No, no, don’t get insecure now. You’re the funnest person I know and the prettiest.” He put his hands on your shoulders to make you look at him. “Just be yourself and people will love you, just as I do.” You know he didn’t mean it the way you wanted him to mean it but a small bloom of hope began in the pit of your stomach. Maybe he will reciprocate my feelings… you thought to yourself as his warm brown eyes searched yours.
You opened your mouth to begin to convey that you really wanted to tell him something important but of course a couple of his friends spotted you both and began to yell for you two to come over.
The closer you got to the party the louder the chatter and music became. The fire was huge and blazing in the middle of this dug out pit causing the warm summer night to feel even more warm. You followed Changbin as he greeted a bunch of people. And you didn’t expect Changbin to introduce you exactly but, you felt a little awkward when he began conversations and didn’t even acknowledge you were standing right beside him. What’s up with him, he never treats you like this. You question in your head but chose to just go with it. You didn’t mind being a wallflower as long as you were with him.
Eventually you two made your way to where the drinks were and he did grab two drinks, one for you and one for himself. Changbin turned to you as he sipped on his beer, “Are you okay?” You nodded and drank some of your beer. You winced at the bitter taste as it slid down your throat. You thought that if you just had a little liquid courage maybe you would loosen up and not be so uptight.
You watched as Changbin flitted around like a social butterfly. He was in his element, talking to everyone he knew and even people he didn’t know. The more awkward you felt the more you drank and only two hours in you had drank two beers and you were on your third. You weren’t sure where Changbin had run off to but it was pissing you off at this point.
He had never treated you like this, he had never left you to just fend for yourself with people you didn’t know. He was always there, a comfort for you. And yes, maybe you should be more independent but you came out to be with him not strangers.
Fuck it.. I’m going to dance. I can’t just stand here alone anymore. The thought crossed your mind as you finished that third beer and you just chucked the empty bottle in the sand before walking over to a spot near the fire where the music was blasting the loudest. You were not the most coordinated but you were buzzed enough to not care anymore.
You let the music just move you, not caring what you looked like to the other party goers around. Then suddenly a pair of hands engulfed your hips and you smirked thinking maybe Changbin had seen you and decided to join you but, when you turned around it was not him. The guy that was dancing with you was a tall, slim man that had dyed dark blue curly hair. He was cute but, not the one you wanted to be dancing with.
“No thanks” you said to the guy, your words slurring ever so slightly. “I want to be dancing with Changbin.” You said out loud, your inner thoughts slipping free of your usually guarded mouth. The man didn’t seem offended he nodded and pointed in the direction of the water where it was darker and more quiet. “I saw him head out there with a friend, I think.”
So you began to walk in that direction, all the while muttering to yourself how you were just going to tell him. Tell him everything. As you walked you could see a figure sitting down in the sand by the water. The waves crashing on the shore but not quite reaching him. You couldn’t help but smile as his figure grew larger and you could see that little smirk you loved on his lips.
“Hey, I -“ you began as you plopped down beside him on the sand. Changbin looked startled. His eyes growing a bit wide and he kept glancing out at the ocean. You were too tipsy to really notice what or who he was looking at until you heard a girls voice calling to him. “Binnie! It’s so cold!” The girl yelled as she came running up to him, soaking wet and only in her bra and panties.
You froze, your eyes looking at the girl who was now wrapping herself up in his jacket. You then looked over at Changbin and he couldn’t look you in the face. “Binnie, who’s this?” She innocently asked. Before Binnie could utter a word you shoved him and you shoved him hard. His muscly body was not easy to move but you were pissed, more so than you had ever been in your entire life.
“What the fuck, Changbin! You ditched me to come out here with her! And who the fuck calls you Binnie. No one calls you that!” You were yelling now and it took a second try but you stumbled to your feet. “I can’t fucking believe you!” You began to storm off in the opposite direction of the bonfire but Changbin followed you. You could hear his foot steps in the sand behind you.
“Come on, don’t be mad. I expected you to do the same. This is a party after all. It’s what people do. They hook up!” Changbin grabbed your arm gently, making you stop. You couldn’t take it anymore, the tears were rushing down your cheeks now, hot against the salty breeze coming off of the ocean. As you whirled around. You forcefully shook his hand off of you, “But I came here with you! I don’t want anyone else…”
Your voice was shaky and not as loud as it was before. You felt defeated and embarrassed that this was how your feelings came out to him. In a rush.. a drunken rush. “Oh come on, y/n. We aren’t dating. It’s not like we have an obligation to only be with one another.” Changbin blurted out, his eyes trained on you making you even more self conscious. You took a step back upon hearing his harsh words.
Slowly nodding in realization, “So none of it meant anything to you…” You watched his face fall a bit then he shook his head rapidly, “That’s not what I meant!” He yelled, anger seeping into his voice. “No! You don’t get to be mad, Changbin. All the sneaking out, the late night secrets, the heated kisses, staying up all night to watched the sunrise..may not have meant anything to you but, it meant EVERYTHING to me!”
Reaching up to tug at your hair in frustration you began to cry a little more. Maybe it was the alcohol but your emotions are running very high. You aren’t sobbing but the overwhelming urge to just sit in the sand and cry was very appealing. “You can’t tell me you didn’t feel it too.. that buzz between us. The way you look at me sometimes.. like you know.. like you feel it too.” Your voice was softer now, broken as you cried softly.
“Y/n, please don’t cry.” Changbin came to your side and gently took your wrists to pull you into his chest. He wrapped his arms around you to give you one of his protective hugs that you loved so much. It would be easy to just fall back into it again. To let him comfort you and nothing would change. That would be the issue.. nothing would change.
In that moment you made a decision, you were going to choose you this time. No more chasing after a man who clearly was not going to do more than just string you along. “Stop.” You mumbled just as he kissed your forehead and you stepped out of his hold. “No more, I don’t want to stop seeing you but, all of this can’t be one sided. I can’t be strung along anymore. You may not realize what you’re doing but it’s very clear to me now. I’m just someone to touch and kiss and be with when you’re lonely.”
Changbin began to speak but you held up your hand to silence him. “This hurts, I don’t want to stop this but, it hurts more knowing I’m giving you all of me when I will only ever get the pieces of you that you want to give away.” You shook your head as you began to walk backwards. “Don’t call me, don’t text me. This stops now. I wont be a convenience anymore.” Now you were sobbing heavily and you could see the reality hit Changbin. That you really meant what you were saying.
Before you turned around to walk away, “I’m done waiting for you to feel the way I do.” You didn’t say goodbye, you simply turned away from him and walked back to the parking lot. After the car you had ordered came to pick you up and you were on your way back home is when you allowed yourself to break down. The man driving probably thought you were insane but your body had to let it out.
It was like experiencing a death. Your entire body felt it. You cried hard but, tried to stay as silent as possible. Your shoulders shaking as the tears fell, wetting not only your cheeks but, also streaming down your chin and neck, dripping onto your shirt. You had fallen for Changbin slowly and then rapidly, head over heels and this was the hardest thing you had ever had to do. You loved him but, he didn’t love you the way you needed.
You should have been proud of yourself for putting your heart first but all you could think was.. how would you live your days without him.. and then in the back of your mind you hoped maybe this would make him realize he needed you too.
36 notes · View notes
hyunnows · 9 months
Text
SHATTERED PUZZLES | 10
Tumblr media
“a rude and arrogant patient with no identification wakes up from a year-long coma and develops temporary amnesia. Assigned to you, a volunteer who’s not going to put up with his attitude, you’re both in for a rough ride.”
PAIRING(s) | Hyunjin x reader, ft Minho x reader
THEMES | fluff, angst, a slight love triangle (i gotta stop with the skz love triangles–), amnesia!Hyunjin, Doctor!Chan, Rude!Hyunjin, car accident, trauma
WORD COUNT | 2.7k+
RATING | pg13
NOTE | ... well hello there. i know its been a while, and im so sorry for that. im still not really back yet, since i havent gotten into any sort of writing schedule or anything. but i wanted to finish this part up for you guys since i felt you deserved it. i also want to say thank you for all the support while ive been away, and hello to all my new followers and new readers for this series! i cant believe ive been working on this since i was 15 T^T its crazy to think ill be 18 in december... really thank you guys, all of you, im grateful for those who are new around here and those who have been with me since the beginning! please enjoy and have a great day/night!
Series M.list | SKZ M.list | Taglist
Tumblr media
It’s been about three weeks since Hyunjin was betrothed to Yuna. The two have grown closer, but not as their parents believe. Now, she’s become more of a sister, and Hyunjin her brother. 
She shares her crush on the shopkeeper she’s so fond of, asking for advice and tips. In turn, she gives Hyunjin the same—as well as tricks to keep his hair healthy. He likes having her as a friend. 
In between their normal chatter and hanging out, they scheme. Researching legal documents, checking to see if there’s any way they can get out of marrying each other. It’s tiring work, but love is a powerful driving force. 
“Do you know of any close family members that might be willing to take your spot?” Yuna raises her brow at Hyunjin. “I mean, I know I have a cousin or two that wouldn’t mind being in an arranged marriage for a few years. If you have someone to take your spot, then I think that they’ll let us off the hook.”
“That’s a good idea, except for the fact that I don’t know any of my family. The only family in my memories are my parents, and Minho I guess, but he’s not blood.” The blond frowns, sighing. Why did he have to be born to money hungry control freaks?
Yuna purses her lips, “I’ll have someone look into your family and see if you have any candidates. Until then, we have to just hang in there, I guess.”
——
“I’m dying.” You whine, hanging off the couch dramatically.
Minho and Chan shake their heads. “You’re not dying [Y/N],” the younger sighs, “I know it's hard, but you’re both safer this way.”
You know what he’s saying is true, but…
It's been over a month and a half since you were ripped away from Hyunjin, and you’ve thought of him every moment since then. You just want to see him--just be in his presence again. Unfortunately, you know that's not possible. At least, not according to Minho’s information on the blond.
So, while you may not be literally dying, you most definitely feel like you are.
And so when a particular idea pops in your head, you decide you have nothing left to lose, and voice it out.
“Let’s kidnap Hyunjin.”
----
“Yuna! Yuna! Where are you?” Hyunjin scrambles around, excitement all over his face as he races to find her. He’d been up since the crack of dawn, brainstorming ways to get out of their arrangement, and he finally came up with something. Now if only he could find her--
“Hyunjin? What? It’s early as hell,” she yawns, glancing at her phone and shoving the digital numbers in his face, giving him a good look at the time. 8:40 am. “What do you want?”
“They can’t force us to get married if one of us is already married.” He grins, panting slightly from the running around he’d done. Luckily, it isn’t odd for a fiancé to sleep over--or else the entire Hwang staff would be giving him a weird look all day.
Yuna curls a brow. “What do you mean? You want to run away and marry [Y/N] to get out of this?” She yawns a bit towards the end, rubbing her tired eyes with confusion.
His face is covered in shock for a moment before he picks up his jaw and shakes his head. “No, I love her, but she’s not ready to marry me yet. I barely confessed the day we were brought here.” He scoffs at the idea that he’d rush your relationship, which she rolls her eyes at. “You should marry Jay.”
Yuna flushes at the idea, mouth turning into a circle in surprise. Hyunjin knows she wants to marry the boy--she’s talked about it almost every day since they met, after all. “I-I don’t know… what if he doesn’t want to?”
Now it's Hyunjin’s turn to roll his eyes. “He wants to, trust me. I’ve seen the way he looks at you through the shop windows. He’s probably written his vows to you already,” he chuckles, his words making the girl redder than ever, which earns him a shove from her small hands. “Just ask him. If you two get married before our wedding, they won’t be able to force us together.”
Pursing her lips, she sighs. “Fine, I’ll ask.” Her agreement makes the blond cheer in satisfaction.
“Thank you Yuna!”
“Yeah yeah,” she waves him off, stepping back into her room and closing the door, “Let me get back to bed now.” Hyunjin apologizes and waltzes back down the hall to his room, and she can’t help but shake her head at his antics. “Weirdo.”
----
“You want to do what?” Chan all but yells, eyes wide in confusion. Sure, he’d heard a lot of crazy things pertaining to Hyunjin’s situation but you want to kidnap him? That’s a bit too much for the Australian to handle. “[Y/N] you know that’s illegal, right?”
You shrug. “Let's kidnap him. They kidnapped me already. Plus, Minho has pretty much done this before.” Your reasons just make the doctor sigh. “What? I can’t just sit around and do nothing anymore.”
Chan sees where you’re coming from, he really does, but as a doctor, he’s not sure he can condone this idea of yours. “But [Y/N], there’s no way you’re getting through their security and getting back here with Hyunjin safely. By the way, you could be arrested for kidnapping too. And you don’t have the money to get out of it.”
All of his stupid, logical reasoning makes you groan and roll your eyes. You know Chan likes to play by the rules—you usually do too—but for once, you just want him to support you and your bad idea. “Whatever, I don’t care! With or without you Chan, I’m gonna get Hyunjin back. I know he’s miserable, just like I am,” you frown, arms crossed loosely over your chest. “He deserves to be free, no matter who his parents are.”
As you strut away from the living room, Minho can’t help but stare at you in wonder. All this time, he’s known you cared for Hyunjin. What shocks him though, is that you seem to be the only person that can rival Minho’s love for his friend. ‘I can’t believe I’m going this again,’ he sighs, standing to follow you to your room so you can start discussing plans to break Hyunjin out. With the bright smile you give him when he agrees to your idea, he knows why it was so easy for him to fall for you. “So, what’re you thinking?”
Chan is completely flabbergasted, as well as disappointed, with Minho’s reaction. Sure, he knows Minho’s in love with you--everyone knows--but to go along with kidnapping Hyunjin? That sounds like more than love. It's insane. But then again, Chan also knows how much Minho cares about the younger boy, and how much he misses hanging out with him freely. “You guys are ridiculous, you know that, right?”
You glare at the Australian, but you can tell with the way he sounds stressed that he’s about to give into whatever plan you throw at him. 
And so, you begin explaining your master plan to the two boys. 
It wasn’t anything complicated. You would go as Minho’s date for the upcoming gala, disguised as one of their rich guests. While the two of you worked to find Hyunjin, Chan would pretend to be a security guard, and make a safe escape route. This was the base at least. You had also hoped to bring Han, Jeongin, and Seungmin along, have them act as caterers (if they agreed) and keep attention away from Minho, Hyunjin, and yourself as much as possible. Then, Minho would excuse himself, drive one of his cars around the side, and they would all slip out unnoticed.
So here you were, dressed all fancy, surrounded by about a hundred other guests. They’re all too busy trying to either get to Mr. or Mrs. Hwang to notice you, but you feel as if all their eyes are on you, judging you, picking you apart, and getting ready to notify the security of your suspicious presence. 
It makes you shuffle forward a bit faster, and you bump against someone’s shoulder on accident. “I am so sorry--”
“Don’t worry about…” her eyes lock with yours within seconds, “What ar--”
You hold your finger vertically against your lips, telling her--Hyunjin’s arranged partner (who Minho warned you about and who was well aware of how you looked due to the social media pictures of you Hyunjin had shoved in her face)--‘don’t say anything’ and reconnect to Minho’s arm. Minho, who’d seen the whole thing, gives you a curt nod for not going off script.
Striding to the buffet table, you spot Jeongin in your peripheral vision, keeping the attention off of you. He seems to be doing a great job, considering all the older women were by him, gushing over the “adorable young waiter” less than discreetly. You’d seen his fiancée, now where was Hyunjin?
“I’m gonna go look around upstairs, you keep an eye out down here, yeah?” Minho leans down to whisper to you, looking at you for agreement. 
You squeeze his arm and shake your head, “No Minho, everyone’s gonna know I don’t belong here if they see me without you.”
He sighs, stopping the two of you in your tracks. “Nobody’s going to know [Y/N], as long as you don’t do anything to attract attention, you’ll be fine. Just walk around and smile at people.”
You’re about to argue why that isn’t true when he slips out of your hold and walks off--meaning it would look too odd if you were to speed walk back up to him. ‘Damn you’, you think, before turning towards the art wall and deciding that would be a good place to start. 
----
You were wrong. 
As it turns out, the art wall isn’t actually just a small hallway with lovely paintings on the wall and a statue or two on display. It was an entire gallery bigger than your apartment by a landslide. You couldn’t help but be amazed at the family’s collection of fine pieces--but damn it if this wasn’t inconvenient to your search. You’re about 15 minutes into the gallery and still no sign of Hyunjin. You’re beginning to get cold feet about this plan and getting ready to call the whole thing off when a mess of blond hair and dark roots catch your eye. He’s admiring a painting, two bodyguards beside him, one on either side. 
You want to run up to him, hold him so close you’re practically in his skin, his warmth all around you. 
But you can’t, otherwise, all your planning, arranging, and sneaking around would go to waste. You dial Minho’s number and tell him the situation, and he’s by your side within minutes. He smoothly makes his way to Hyunjin, you trailing close behind and listening as Minho tells the guards something to get them to leave. 
“Hyunjin, I brought someone with me,” Minho smiles, catching the younger male’s attention. Stepping aside to make you visible, Hyunjin’s jaw drops and Minho has to catch his glass out of his hands to keep him from shattering it on the floor. “Say hi.”
You can see his eyes get watery, his lip trembling as he takes a step towards you before he stops himself. “What are you doing here? It’s dangerous for you [Y/N].”
Despite his words, you can’t help but melt at the way he sounds saying your name. “We’re getting you out” you whisper, staring into his glistening eyes. “We couldn’t just leave you here.”
“How? My clothes have trackers, there’s guards everywhere-- I don’t think you guys are getting out of here with me,” he frowns, grabbing his clothes to the light flickering in the seams. “I’m stuck here.”
“We know about the guards and everything. We weren’t prepared for the trackers, though,” your brows curl in worry as you look at Minho.
He mentions that he has extra clothes, then moves on to explain the plan to Hyunjin. He seems worried, but at this point, he’ll do anything to get out of his parent’s hold. With a sigh, he asks, “Do you know when Chan will be ready?”
“I was actually about to check,” Minho states, calling the doctor up quickly. He mumbles into the phone, hand covering his face, making it hard enough not only for bystanders and strangers to hear, but difficult for Hyunjin and yourself as well. However, the nod that's accompanied by the movement of his chin let you know enough. “He’s ready whenever you are,” he gives Hyunjin a look, before gesturing to a particularly broad-shouldered security guard standing by a door off to the side of the gallery with “SECURITY” written in bold print on it. 
You begin tugging the blond towards the Australian, suddenly remember you’re all on borrowed time, and that the guards assigned to stay by Hyunjin could return at any moment. Upon this reminder, Hyunjin begins rushing towards the door as discreetly as possible, and Minho decides now is as good a time as ever to excuse himself as the getaway driver. 
“Hey man,” Chan greets quietly, swiftly opening the door to the security room and ushering the two of you inside. Hyunjin nods, glancing around in confusion and paranoia. Upon seeing the younger male’s fright, Chan calms his fears, “Don’t worry about the cameras seeing us. I know a guy who fixed that for us.”
Han’s voice comes out muffled from Chan’s headset, making Hyunjin and your own eyes widen. You knew he had some interest in computers, but you didn’t think he actually had any knowledge to help with something like this. At least now you know how he never seems to get viruses from downloading so much questionable software (he would really do anything to get free streaming services). “Yeah I covered for you guys, but you only have like 5 minutes left before the cameras start capturing live footage again. In other words, hurry up please.” 
You all begin moving through the route, which is incredibly clear. The security room connects to dozens of other security rooms through hidden hallways. You suppose it only makes sense, considering just how rich the Hwangs are, for them to have such an intricate hidden system within the walls of their household. 
Within 3 minutes, you three make it out the back door, where Minho is quietly pulling up, undetected. Hyunjin had removed his shirt during the walk, and ditched his shoes when you guys left the first security room, only needing to change his lower half’s garments now. He hops into the back, quickly replacing his own clothes with those Minho had given to him, ridding himself of the trackers. You hop in the back soon after beside him, Chan and Jeongin piling in soon after with the elder taking the passenger seat and Jeongin squishing himself beside you, barely buckling in when Minho steps on the gas.
“Alright, cams coming on in three… two… one-” just as Han’s voice finishes the count down from Chan’s phone, Hyunjin’s phone goes off with alerts, which are quickly followed by a spam of phone calls that make him throw his phone out of the window in fear as Minho begins speeding down the road towards your side of town.
Hearts pumping with adrenaline, you and the blond face each other simultaneously, tearing up immediately as you lean in to embrace each other’s lips for the first time in far too long. His forehead presses against yours as tears run down his cheeks, his hands caressing and wiping your face. “I missed you so much.”
Your bottom lip trembles, and you lean into his neck, arms wrapping around him to pull Hyunjin close to you, afraid he might disappear if you let go, “I missed you more.”
He lets out a painful laugh, squeezing you tighter to him, and shaking his head as if to gently disagree with you. He can’t fathom you missing him any more than he missed you. “I love you.”
A wistful sigh escapes you, a choked sob following not long after, “I love you too.”
The three boys glance back at you, each of them wearing a soft smile. However, Chan found it difficult to see only joy in Minho’s eyes after hearing your proclamations. He doesn’t mention it though, allowing you all a moment of peace.
----
After arriving at Jisung, Jeongin, and–at this point–Minho’s apartment and settling in, one question plague’s your minds.
“So…” Jisung begins, “What now?”
Tumblr media
Series M.list | SKZ M.list | Taglist
85 notes · View notes
little-corritrice · 1 year
Text
| The Mafia | ~ Stray Kids
Genre: Mafia Au, Fanfiction
Pairing: Stray Kids x y/n
Rating: Mature
Warnings: Violence, Weapon Usage, Kidnapping, Torture...
Synopsis ~ y/n was just living her life, but when she ran into troubles of her past, she found herself being auctioned off to a mafia named Ateez. Within her time, she soon finds another whom she knows...
~ Characters/Introduction ~
~ Part 1 ~
~ Part 2 ~
~ Part 3~
~ Part 4 ~
~ Part 5 ~
~ Part 6 ~
~ Part 7 ~
~ Part 8 ~
~ Part 9 ~
~ Part 10 ~
~ Part 11 ~
~ Part 12 ~
~ Part 13 ~
~ Part 14 ~
~ Part 15 ~
~ Part 16 ~
~ Part 17 ~
~ Part 18 ~
~ Part 19 ~
~ Part 20 ~
~ Part 21 ~
~ Part 22 ~
~ Part 23 ~
~ Part 24 ~
~ Part 25 ~
~ Part 26 ~
~ Part 27 ~
~ Part 28 ~
74 notes · View notes
skazoo · 2 years
Text
release the hurt.
Tumblr media Tumblr media Tumblr media
↳ seo changbin x f!reader
the moon listens to secrets you're not ready to tell and he loves hearing the night sky talk.
length. 3.3k
genre. angst and fluff, fantasy!au, sorceress!reader, medieval???
warnings/tags. language, mention of death, mention of traumatic past, PTSD.
networks. @kflixnet
notes. AHHHH THIS WASN'T SUPPOSED TO BE ANGSTY AT ALL but here we are !!!! this is not proofread but i had this sudden idea that bypassed every other rational thought i had. also you can see where my motivation slowly crumbled under the weight of school and my upcoming exams. hope you can feel my suffering
i'm desperate for feedback and i love comments with your opinion!
(cross-posted on ao3 only)
navigation
Tumblr media
WAXING CRESCENT ☽
“you promised me!”
“i didn’t promise you shit. i don’t even know you.”
“are you kidding me?”
“yeah! sorry! i thought it would be a great joke, actually.” irony oozing from your words as you accelerate your pace.
‘did your parents raise you like this? do you need to be so rude to a stranger?’ an outside viewer could say.
first. yes. your father raised you and every single one of your hundreds of siblings to pretend respect and obedience from everyone. “you are the most powerful sorcerers to walk the seven kingdoms,” he said. “you are my legacy, and you will act as such.” 
you had believed it for a while but then it turned more violent than it needed to be and the self-hatred that came with it was not worth the struggle. now you have no aversion to saying it was all bullshit.
second. also yes. 
you physically need to be rude to this specific stranger because he’s been invading your personal space and time for almost an entire week.
could you tell him that you can’t possibly teach him magic because of…higher powers, even if you solemnly swore, crossed on your heart, pinky promised when he was an impertinent little child? you sure could, but that would deeply and irrevocably wound your proud heart and you can’t have it happen, can you?
you abruptly stop in your track and with a loud groan you drop your baskets full of herbs and spin around, your jaw clenched and your hands wash over your face in deep frustration.
you abruptly stop in your track and with a loud groan you drop your baskets full of herbs and spin around, your jaw clenched and your hands wash over your face in deep frustration.
you abruptly stop in your track and with a loud groan you drop your baskets full of herbs and spin around, your jaw clenched and your hands wash over your face in deep frustration.
“listen chanwun-“
the man scoffs. “it’s changbin.” and you have to contain your amusement as you watch him bite his cheeks in an annoyed manner.
“whatever. i need you to stop bothering me, okay? you’ve been following me for almost a week and i don’t know how to tell you that i don’t remember ever promising a little annoying kid that i’d teach him magic when he grew up. stop telling the story again every time you come here. also, i don’t need an apprentice or a little helper or whatever you think you’ll be if i yield to your stupid request. so please, please, please, leave me alone and stop sleeping on my front porch. i’m not an inn.”
a stupid grin plasters itself on his stupidly plush lips. “are you begging me?”
“if that’s what gets you to leave me alone then yes. please stranger, i beg you.” you pick your baskets back up and start walking down the green hill that takes you to your lonely house covered in ivy. 
the last rays of a late-spring sun peek from over the slope, and from the corner of your eyes, you catch the insistent stranger gasping in awe as the distant lights of the village begin to populate the edges of the forest that darkly oversees the unsuspecting townspeople.
when you reach the comfortable heat of your home you breathe a sigh of relief as you’re met with complete and utter silence. not the constant pleas from the weird guy, not the chirping of those annoying little fuckers that like to wake you up at the ungodliest time of the morning. just the crackling of the fire and-
“why do you have so many candles?”
you close your eyes defeated. “for fuck’s sake, how did you even get in? get out of my kitchen, c’mon.” you put two determined hands on his shoulders but he doesn’t need to get on his toes to spy around your smaller frame.
“and why does this whole place smell like something… recreational? and why is that cat looking at me weirdly?”
you turn him around to face the door and unceremoniously push him towards the night. “the smell is sage and the cat is aware that you’re a pain in my ass. now please, for the love of anything you believe in, go away.” you close the door on his offended face and lean against the frame of hard wood, a tired sigh escaping your parted lips.
his loud voice resonates through your silent walls. “well, then i’ll take my leave for today! see you tomorrow Y/N!”
how does he know your name?
he dramatically stomps his feet on the dusty trail that goes back to the village. “i’m leaving!”
you stand behind your small living room window, hiding behind jars of salt and old books, and blow out the candles, just to see if he will go wandering towards another light just like a moth. instead, in the soft silence of the night, you hear his careful steps as he tiptoes back on your creaky porch and huddles himself on the old rocking chair.
you wait for him to fall asleep to sneak out and drape an enchanted blanket on his bulky frame. an unconscious blush colors your cheeks and you rush back inside, chased away by the confusing skip of your heart.
Tumblr media
FULL MOON - BLOOD MOON ​​
two exact weeks have passed since the last time you enjoyed a silent morning, and you’ve weirdly enough begun to leave the front door open and the small livingroom’s light on at night, hoping, expecting the persistent nuisance to take the hint and start sleeping on the hard couch, home of your cat’s naps, cemetery of half-burned incense sticks and old books.
despite your initial scorn towards this whole situation, your house hums in glee at the presence of another soul to take care of. you notice how the fire burns warmer and the bread is crispier when you take it out of the big oven since changbin has uninvitedly started living with you. there have been a couple of awkward bathroom meetings in the middle of the night but other than that he’s been a polite guest.  
much to your regret, your integrity is slowly crumbling under the full swing of the preparations for the blood moon’s rituals. you find that a helping hand is not necessarily unnecessary and you’re reconsidering the role of the teacher.
changbin asks you anything and everything, and every day you feel less and less compelled to hit him on the head with one of the heavy books that infest your house.
he is so unapologetically curious, so strangely energizing, that you have to intensely look at him at least twice a day– when he wakes up with ruffled hair and when he falls asleep surrounded by scribbled runes on yellowing papers– just to make sure he’s real and not a creation of your tired and delirious mind.
and when you do look at him well, you see what you unconsciously decided to miss the first time he came knocking on your door.
he’s not the tallest man you’ve met but he makes his presence known with the way he stands, chiseled chest proudly out, and strong shoulders in a straight line. you can see faint tan lines under the flowy fabric of his linen shirt and you think he must work in the sun if his skin has already turned to a glowy shade of auburn before summer even starts. his soft-looking hair – dark, unkept, and uneven – deliciously fall on his forehead, and is the target of his nervous ministration every time he doesn't immediately understand something.
to be objective, you have to admit that he’s beautiful, you tell yourself. just not to his face. never to his face unless you want to listen to him brag forever.
“what does this rune do?”
you shake yourself out of the hypnotized state you’re in and you catch him looking at you with curious eyes from the other side of the couch. the new routine of sitting together on the hard mattress after dinner –you propped on the armrest with your feet in his lap, him lazily browsing through an old journal– feeling more intimate than it should.
you lean towards the light of his candle as a yawn escapes you. “that’s for balance. ‘i’m balanced and centered in my most true self’”
he hums in acknowledgment. “and this one?”
“oh, i know that one. that’s for money.” you chuckle falling back against the armrest.
there's a beat of silence and then he speaks again. “do you have a spell to return someone to life?” his voice is small, unsure, almost embarrassed.
you look at his worried profile. “i- not in the way you would want to, im sorry.”
his eyes harden skeptically and his head shakes slightly.
you’ve never been an empath but you’re suddenly willing to try. “you want to talk about them?”
“i don’t.” he puts the journal away and closes his hands over your ankles in his lap; deep eyes burning into yours. “i know who you are, Y/N…” you stop moving, suddenly aware of his proximity. 
“i don’t think you do.”
“you’re a daughter of ahriman, you- you dwell in the dark arts, i know it.” you can hear his breaths of terrified awe.
“you don’t know shit, changbin.” you hiss, prying your body away from his, but he ignores you without much of a thought.
“this scholar’s thing you’re living… don’t you feel stuck, chained down? picking herbs and drawing runes? you have a power that transcends this kind of magic, Y/N. i want to see real power.”
changbin realizes he went too far when your whole body freezes, shutting down, effectively shielding you from his presence. your cat hisses from his spot on the kitchen table as a swift gust of wind comes from closed windows.
you stand up and as much as you want to scream at him, you don’t have the certainty that you won’t start crying; the gaping hole in your chest hurts as you’re reminded of the thing you’re constantly missing, the magic that makes you, you.
you storm out of the living room and into your bedroom, the candles snuff out altogether and the door closes with a bang behind you, leaving the man basking in the cold red light of the blood moon that shines high in the sky.
get out of my house. your voice rings clear in his head.
Tumblr media
THIRD QUARTER
after your silent outburst, changbin left. 
he thought about knocking on your door to say he was sorry, but the moon was looking at him weirdly, painting his hands a red hue and making him feel like a criminal. 
as soon as he stepped foot out of the door, the house locked up. every window, every crack, every glimmer of hope, walls he so adamantly wanted to break down, built themselves back up in mere seconds.
he came back once or twice during that week. you heard him walking on your front porch, rocking on the chair there for a while, humming a nostalgic tune, and then you heard him under your bedroom window muttering a small apology. ‘i’m sorry’ he said every time but you couldn’t look him in the eyes to be sure that he meant it.
when you stopped feeling him around your house, things got exponentially worse and you couldn’t understand why.
he finally decided to leave you alone, you thought. maybe he got angry or sad or offended. maybe he got tired of waiting for a magic that doesn’t exist anymore. maybe he got tired of waiting for you.
can you blame him, though? when you can’t even get out of bed to eat, when you can’t stop thinking about your misery and loss, when you’re acting as if you would rather die than endure this excruciating pain for the rest of your life. maybe, just maybe, you were not ready to sacrifice your identity to save all those lives. maybe, you regretted carrying out the heroic duty of finally putting an end to your father’s reign of terror; egoism had been your thing, why had you let it slip from your grasp when you most needed it?
you are – were, you have to remember yourself– the daughter of a man who cherished your power so much that he took it to the grave when you killed him. and even if you stripped him of his powers, and his name is dead to you now, you can’t help but long for that cursed gift he gave you when you were born.
despite it’s what you wished for from the beginning, your damaged heart cries out at night, howling at the waning moon, embarrassingly missing the curious and over-excited presence of your self-appointed apprentice.
he’s another reason you haven’t been able to function these past days. your house took your side and protected you from his words, but you can feel how his soul is missed by everything that surrounds you. missed by everything that you sometimes wish you weren’t. human.
you press your hands on your face, and in that darkness, you try to see his eyes again. when you lower them you sigh, exhausted by the effort and by the fear of not being able to remember them.
they were dark, expressive, expectant. too hard when you saw them the last time. they wanted power where power was just the leftovers of a past life.
you get out of your bed, in your mind the thought of looking for him around the village, but your weakened body protests and you faint on the wooden floor. 
you dream of him.
Tumblr media
WANING CRESCENT ☾
changbin hates working for the mayor. 
it’s been a week since he left you alone and he hates how dirty he gets, he hates how bossy the man is, and most importantly he hates how desperately he needs the job. so when a gray-haired cat rubs its little head on his ankle in an insistent manner, changbin doesn’t let the opportunity to stop working go to waste.
he remembers your lectures on familiars, how they are ‘contained demons’, how they protect and channel a sorcerer’s energy, and how they panic when their owner is not okay. so, why is your familiar so damn far from you, and why does he feel like the cat is judging him for his poor deduction skills?
when he hurriedly rushes to your isolated house, the rancid smell that comes from your stuffy kitchen is the first warning sign that something in his absence went horribly wrong. the fruits have melted in a sticky mush on the table and little flies circle the crime scene like vultures.
then you’re there. sprawled on the bedroom floor, your clothes ruffled, your hair knotted and your knees full of blooming bruises signaling how this is not the first time you fainted trying to get up.
it’s night and he dares say that you look beautiful even like this, illuminated by a rebel ray of moonlight that escapes the cover of the cloudy sky, eyes closed and lashes that kiss the apples of your cheeks.
he tells you that you’re beautiful countless times after you wake up thanks to his nursing hands, when days inevitably turn into nights, and the sudden shyness that comes with his praising words is new every time he looks at you with stars in his eyes.
“how will the next bedtime story begin?”, you ask as he settles under the cover of your bed and raises an arm to allow you to snuggle into him. “the last one started with ‘there was once a beautiful sorceress’. am i that gorgeous, uh?”
he looks at you with a smug smirk. “you’re not beautiful.”
“yeah, i knew you were a liar-”
“you’re all the beauty,” his whisper tingles your ear and sends shivers down your spine.
he’s looking down at you with fond eyes and a tinge of sadness. apologetic eyes that are sorry for crimes they didn’t commit. 
“you, i- you have a way of throwing out words. i-, i felt like it was the first time i heard the word ‘beauty’ uttered by someone.” your mutter under your breath.
he shrugs under you. “it’s not weird. there wasn’t beauty before you”
“liar,” you whisper with an embarrassed pout and close your eyes, somehow feeling fuller, complete, at ease again.
when he’s sure you’re drowsy enough that you won’t remember what he’s saying, he speaks loud enough for the moon to hear. “i wish i could make you feel as powerful as you look to me.” 
and somehow, the strange magic that is luck comes rushing to him after a few days: a dusty book that sits in the back of your old closet bears the answer to all your problems. 
Tumblr media
NEW MOON
summer is near and you can feel the energy that surrounds you getting stronger, waking up from a long hibernation.
a full month has passed and you swear you will never get used to the late morning smiles changbin throws at you when you emerge from your now shared bedroom.
he’s dazzling, bright, a sun in comparison to your moony self, and you feel your mind and body leave behind the scars of the past.
you have someone who wants to know you even if you’re empty, someone who doesn’t care if you’re a shell of something that died.
but is it a coincidence or the tingling in your hands has gotten stronger lately? is it you or your familiar purrs louder, recognizing the energy, when you channel your concentration on something?
it’s a warm night when changbin reveals the wish he made to the moon that now shies away from noisy eyes.
“...and that’s how i rode a dragon,” you conclude your story with a nostalgic but happy sigh.
you got into bed as soon as the two of you finihìshed tidying up the kitchen, and are now exchanging legends and old tales for soft kisses.
yes. kisses because you came to the crucial decision that the nuisance that you wanted out of your house, is now a nuisance you want in your life.
“i love when you tell me about your glorious days, you know?” 
he looks at you with eyes that shine with their own light, without the need of the moonlight.
he thinks he should tell you but he doesn’t want to build your hopes up and then see them crumble and take you with them.
“can you- i- can you try doing one of your old tricks? even if you don’t manage, can you try using your old powers?”
he’s scared that you will throw him away again, shut down, you can see it in the hesitant look he dares your way. but you’re done with regret and with envy and with sadness.
your hands tremble slightly when you raise them above your body. under the usual circumstances, you would have to use runes and herbs to do any kind of magic but now, as soon as you think about it a purple fire engulfs your hands, burning deliciously and painting changbin’s skin a flattering bright hue.
he doesn’t realize he let a stray tear fall from his eyes full of awe and like a student he recites the passage of the book that made him believe something could change.
“in order to be free, we must learn how to let go. release the hurt. release the fear. refuse to entertain the old pain.”
the natural healing force within everyone is the only thing you need to get well. the force that changbin managed to share with you when he walked into your house for the first time.
Tumblr media
WAXING CRESCENT ☽
another life with him by your side begins. a new moon shines on you as you draw silent runes on his naked chest while he lets out soft snores from near you.
one for protection.
one for health.
and one for confidence even if you don’t think he’ll need it.
71 notes · View notes
If skz member has a magic shop in fantasy AU they would sell (headcannons)
Note : I write this at midnight I supposed to sleep or study for exam
Maybe I will consider making some stories, idk, if I could, I try. Let me know your suggestion.
Bang Chan
Transmission Mirror
(something from Snow White tale and Castlevania Netflix series )
Lee Know
Edible Potion (not perfume etc)
Changbin
Invisible Armor / Lucky Charm
Hyunjin
Reliable / Sentient Art Tool, Equipment, and Instrument
Han Jisung
Dimentional Space in Pocket / Bag / Luggage/Hat/Container
Lee Felix
Fairy Dust (multifunctional/applicable)
Kim Seungmin
Accessories (customable, more into functional decoration), including rope / chain for walking with your fish, dragon saddle, plushie/doll
Jeongin / I.N.
Gears for concentration, complete silence, sense block, improve awareness and sensitivity (like eyewear, earwear, waterproof nose clip, masks, handwear, footwear) for sport, working, studying, or traveling / adventuring (customable)
13 notes · View notes
j-a-nuary · 2 years
Text
Carrier
The First Call
masterlist | forward >
Stray Kids Urban fantasy AU (feat. Ateez from time to time) | A “carrier service” exists, seemingly only to get people (usually women) home safe after the trains stop running.
Heavy on bad boys with hearts of... some kind of shiny metal, probably.
Warnings: MC has a rough night (implied sexual harassment), some inner monologues are focused on nothing but sex and violence (not acted on).
-----
For Shim Tempawan, this definitely qualified as a shitty situation.
Her ex had shown up, so of course she had latched a little too hard onto first guy that gave her a second glance. The guy had picked up the tab, so of course she had drank more than she normally would. The guy expected to be “repaid” for his tab, so of course they had argued. He had eventually decided that she was more trouble than getting laid was worth, so of course she ended up being dumped in this run down parking lot on the outskirts of the city.
No buses or trains ran out here, not that they were running at this time of night anyway. No taxis thought the area was worth their time. She was stranded, standing in an all night convenience store that had shatter-proof glass between her and the cashier.
After paying for the worst cup of coffee she had ever tasted in her life, she finally hit the call button next to the contact labeled as “Carriers” in her phone. Lifting the phone to her ear, she heard a midi version of some pop song float through the speaker.
Great. Real classy. This is probably another mistake.
She stepped outside. The air in the store was stale, smelling slightly of mildew. Not that being outside was much better, but at least she could pretend it was “fresh” air. She lifted the cup to her lips, wincing at the taste of what seemed to be tar mixed with mud.
“Do you know your location?”
The liquid masquerading as coffee had distracted her so effectively that she almost dropped her phone at the first word.
“I, uh,” she quickly tried to recover enough to think through the few minutes she had spent in the stranger’s car, “I think I’m on the west side of the city?”
“Is the GPS enabled on your phone?”
She nodded.
“Miss?”
“Sorry,” I'm definitely still drunk, “yes. It’s on.”
“Alright. Stay on the line while we locate you.”
The muzak returned, this time playing the world's most compressed file of Overdose. Idly, Tempawan wondered if that was really the most customer friendly option.
A ratty green car drove by. Without really knowing why, she tried to hide behind the light pole as much as she could. An eon seemed to pass before the voice returned.
“Convenience store to your right? Strip club half a block up?”
“What?”
“Your surroundings.”
“Oh…” for the first time she actually took a close look at the area she had been so gracelessly abandoned in, “uh… Yes.”
“The nearest carrier is on a motorcycle. Is that alright?”
“Sure. Fine. Whatever." It wasn't fine, but she just wanted this night to be over. Whatever it took to get home was what she would do.
“The carrier will be there in approximately five minutes. Would you like me to stay on the line until then?”
“No. It’s fine.”
“Good.”
“Than-”
The line went dead before she could get the short phrase out. She clutched her phone tightly and readjusted her coat. No amount of tugging the garment closer seemed to dim the chill of the air. Her breath chattered in through her teeth as she waited. But it wasn't just that.
A weight settled on her shoulders. Why? Why did he have to show up tonight?
He hadn't approached her. He hadn't even bothered to be mean. He had simply shown up with a few people she recognized as his coworkers, gotten some drinks, and enjoyed himself. As if she didn't exist.
As if he hadn't made any promises.
As if he hadn't broken every single one of them.
As if she had never existed.
-----
The other players weren’t fans of phone use at the table, but they made an exception for Changbin’s work phone.
This exception was not necessarily made from a place of understanding, not at first anyway. More just because they usually made an exception for whatever Changbin wanted. It was more that nobody in their wanted to be the person to find out what would happen if they said no.
Changbin read the job ticket on his phone. Whoever this was, she was lucky that he was in the area. If he hadn’t been, the next closest carrier was at least a half an hour away. Besides, it would have most likely been Jisung, and Changbin was pretty sure that most calls this late at night weren’t looking for that much conversation.
None of the other players seemed to mind when he stood to leave. The game had been going in Changbin’s favor anyway, so he didn’t blame them for letting him leave without much commentary.
Not that they made many comments when it came to him anyway.
“Cheers kids,” Changbin muttered. He stood up, draining his glass at the same time. He quickly, but unconcernedly, collected his winnings from the night.
“You sure you’re okay to drive?” the host, Yunho, asked as Changbin bent to lift the sliding door on the loading dock.
Changbin didn’t bother replying. He just stooped under the rusty sheet metal and let it fall behind him.
“What an asshole,” Seonghwa rolled his eyes, “why is he even invited to this?”
“He's just a bit private. Why does he bother you so much anyway?” Mingi asked. “Are you going to deal or what?”
“Don’t rush me.”
Changbin, having mastered the art of never appearing to hurry, quickly made his way to where his motorcycle had been left. Anyone else would have found a slightly more discreet place to park, but he knew his reputation preceded him and extended to his bike.
He took a second to double check the address that Seungmin had sent him. He knew the convenience store well, and the club up the street even better. Tugging his helmet over his head, his only thought was that he hoped it wasn’t one of the girls that knew him.
-----
She heard the bike before she saw it. The high pitched whine of someone who needs two things: to get somewhere, and to do it quickly.
Maybe a third thing - to get there alone.
Changbin was glad to see that it was, as it turned out, not one of the girls from the club at all. They all knew better than to buy that trash that the convenience store tried to pass off as coffee.
This poor girl had made that mistake. She was standing under one of the light posts in the parking lot, looking down at the cup in her hand with a mixture of sadness and disgust. Regardless, she took another sip.
She must have had quite the night to willingly put that swill in her mouth.
Changbin shook his head. Pity wasn’t part of the job description.
He pulled up, at a distance that he calculated to be non-threatening, a good fifteen feet away. Kicking the stand down and disengaging his engine, he allowed himself a second to look her over. He had enough sense to know that she was probably measuring him up as well.
Tempawan was indeed doing just that. The rider wasn’t very tall, but held himself like a man well over the six foot mark. He, for her friend Miyoung had warned her that all of the “carriers” were male, seemed to be built somewhere between muscular and farmer, but it was difficult to tell underneath his protective jacket. He dismounted from the bike and stayed still, facing her, with his helmet on.
“You called for a carrier?”
She nodded, glad that the motion could actually be seen. At least this time, she wasn't making herself look like an idiot.
To him, the nod was cautious, slow. He could see the concern on her face. It was a look he recognized. A first time caller. He didn’t hold her wariness against her. There was no way of knowing the kind of night she had been having. Even if it had been fine, which it clearly wasn’t given her location, she would be a hundred percent justified in being nervous to get on a motorcycle with some unknown man.
The rider unzipped one of the panniers on his bike. After a moment of rummaging around, he held up a second leather jacket. It looked similar to his own, only less worn out. He held it towards her.
He kept the jacket on hand for calls like this. The night was relatively cold for the season, and the scrap of denim that she had for a coat was clearly for decoration only. On top of warmth, there was the safety aspect as well. There wasn’t much he could do for her exposed legs, but at least he could protect her internal organs.
Not wanting to spook her off by approaching her, he waited. He simply held the jacket out towards her.
Let her come to you.
Changbin blinked a few times, hidden under his helmet. He swallowed hard, suppressing the annoyingly constant companion in the back of his mind.
Tempawan was struck by the surreal feeling of the situation. Considering how her night had gone so far, it felt strange to her that she was about to simply trust this man. Thanks to the helmet he wore, she didn’t even know what he looked like. But here she was, going to get on a motorcycle with him.
She did go to him though. A few steps anyway, until she was just barely out of reach. She seemed to lose her nerve then, getting lost in her own thoughts. Stopping, she just looked at him, frowning.
They stayed like that for a moment. Finally, he decided to take the lead. He took half a step forward and gently draped the jacket around her shoulders.
That was when the scent hit him.
As much as Changbin generally hated the rule that said he had to keep his face obscured, he was grateful for it now. The helmet guaranteed that she had no clue about the reaction he had. His skull ached dully as his teeth extended. He quickly worked his jaw open and shut, trying to stretch the ache away. He was sure his eyes would give him away as well, if she had seen them.
Take her.
He wasn’t sure what the annoying voice meant when it said “take”. Fuck her? Eat her? Do just enough damage and then leave her for dead?
Changbin swallowed again. He pushed the voice away again.
“It’s for your safety,” he managed to push the words out. “Here,” he held the collar and the front of the jack out, opening it to make it easier for her to wind her arm into the sleeve.
When she finally got herself settled into the soft leather, he zipped up the coat, snugly snapping the collar shut under her chin. He busied himself with zipping and buttoning the jacket. Anything to do something. To move in some way. To distract himself from the smell of the deep woods. Once he was satisfied with the coverage, he tugged the black gloves from his hands. In doing so, he made a mistake.
He looked at her face.
He could see how closely she was watching his hands. He saw a strange haze that crossed her eyes like a wash of watercolor. For the first time in a long time, he felt unsettled. Like the tables had turned. Now he was the one who needed to be careful to not get spooked.
As he tugged the gloves over her own, nearly frozen, digits, she found herself distracted by his fingers. He wore a plain silver band around one finger on his left hand, and a matching black one on his right. His fingers were slender, but not quite delicate looking. For some reason she wanted to lick them, bite them.
Drunk. Definitely still drunk.
Jacket secured, gloves in place, he tore his eyes away from her and busied himself with retrieving the other helmet.
The carrier turned away from her, and panic immediately flooded through her body. Convinced that she was about to be abandoned for the second, or perhaps third, time tonight, she grabbed at his arm. Winding both of her own around it, she gripped his arm like a koala.
“Don’t leave me here!”
Even with the helmet guarding against her spotting anything amiss, Changbin still closed his eyes as he turned to look at her.
“I won’t,” he barely opened his eyes, as if that would guard him against that voice coming back.
He was met with a look of fear on her face. He decided that it was a good look for her. He allowed himself to take another breath. Her original scent was diminished somewhat, now mixed with the familiar bitterness of fear. Still, Changbin had a mixed reaction. That woodsy scent was still there after all. It made him want to taste her, touch her, see what was under her skin.
He could do one of those things.
Reaching up, he pushed her hair back from her face. A jolt of electricity seemed to send a buzzing sensation through his fingertips when they made contact with the skin of her ear. The buzz traveled slowly up his arm.
She watched as he lifted his other hand. Once again, she focused on the contrast of the black band against his pale skin. Once again, she felt the urge to taste them.
“I won’t,” he reiterated. The words had an immediate effect on her. She relaxed, barely. Under the helmet, Changbin smiled, “but you need to wear my other helmet.”
Oh. Of course. She flushed slightly, feeling embarrassed as she dropped the hold on his arm. That made sense. He wouldn’t just hand over his coat and gloves and then leave. She felt silly for her outburst. She could have sworn she heard a small laugh escape from under his helmet as he turned to grab the second helmet.
Cute, Changbin thought, surprising himself with a small laugh as he grabbed the second helmet.
“Here,” he smoothed her hair back again. Slowly, gently, he lowered the helmet over her head.  It was an excuse. An excuse to touch her again, to feel her hair. To feel that electric buzz arc up his limbs again as he settled the helmet onto her and buckled it for her.
Thank god, he thought to himself. The helmet seemed to block even more of that smell. He was thinking much clearer now. He flipped the small switch on the side of the helmet.
She heard a click on the outside, followed by a beep near her ear.
“Can you hear me?”
She almost gasped at the closeness of the voice. It was right next to her ear, as if his lips were just on the other side of her hair. Swallowing her surprise, she responded.
“Yes.”
Changbin resisted a groan. The smell might be gone but having her voice sound so close was another problem.
“Good,” she could almost hear a smile in his voice now, “comfortable?”
“Yes.”
He really hoped she wouldn’t want to talk during the ride. God damn it. He took a second to squeeze her arms, trying to ground himself for what was about to come. Luckily, she took the pressure of his hands as a show of reassurance. Not that he knew that.
Maybe I should have let Jisung take the call.
He felt bad then, realizing that he was essentially feeling up this woman. Quickly, he tried to bring the mood up.
“I’d ask if you want to finish the coffee, but I think we both know it’s nearly poison. Ready to go?”
She could only nod.
So cooperative.
Changbin swallowed again before helping her get settled onto the bike. Though, if he was being honest with himself, it was just an excuse to hold onto her hands for a minute. Once she was in place, he swung himself into place in front of her.
Wouldn’t it be better to have her in your lap though…
Changbin swallowed again, trying to find his own voice before speaking up.
“Hold on tight,” he instructed her.
She wrapped her arms around his waist. Even through both jackets, and his shirt, he felt that electric buzz again. He laughed, trying to cover the way his body twitched at the touch.
“You’re going to have to hold on tighter than that.”
Much tighter.
-----
The ride was fast, terrifying, and almost entirely silent save for the engine. After a brief bit of giving directions, they didn’t speak at all. As they pulled up in front of Tempawan’s apartment building, she let out a sigh of relief.
“Glad to be home?” Changbin asked when he heard the crackle of air come through the helmet comms.
“Yes,” she answered simply, not quite trusting her voice to not shake.
He only nodded as he kicked the stand down on his motorcycle. She started moving behind him, and against his better judgment, he placed a firm hand on her thigh. The electricity nearly burned him, but he didn’t twitch away this time.
“Wait, I’ll help.”
He dismounted first, carefully settling the bike’s weight. Once both of his own feet were on the pavement, he offered her a hand.
She took it in silence, leaning on him as necessary to get her footing settled. Once stabilized on the ground, she unbuckled the helmet and tugged it off. Handing it back to him, she shook her head to try to force the hair in her face back.
“Are you okay from here?”
It was a stupid question. Of course she would be fine. The only way he could do more is if he physically carried her up to her apartment.
Now there’s an idea.
Changbin swallowed again, barely hearing her words over that voice.
“I’ll be fine. Thanks for the ride, uh…”
Changbin had spent many years learning to hold back on his compulsions. He had conquered almost every impulse he had.
“Bin,” well, almost every impulse, “it’s no problem. Stay safe.”
She nodded.
Knowing that he had already fucked up, Changbin quickly got back on his bike and left.
She watched his shape as he shot off, receding into the fading black of the night.
-----
Jisung smiled, despite his face covering, at the man waiting in front of the convenience store.
“Hey hey, you call for a last minute carrier?”
The man looked him over, skepticism writ clear across his face.
“You’re not the usual guy.”
Jisung’s smile hitched for a second. Sure, the guy had most likely been expecting Chan, but there was no reason to be rude.
“True enough my man,” he shrugged, “but that’s the nature of making the call last minute, isn’t it? You get who you get.”
An awkward silence fell.
If there was anything that Jisung could not tolerate, it was awkward silences.
“Listen my guy,” Jisung sighed, but still tried to remain friendly, “you can call the operator if you want but the fact is that tonight I am the guy.”
“I was told that this was to be handed over to Chris.”
I am in hell. That was the only thought that Jisung could clearly make out amongst his customer service autopilot.
“Well I don’t know what to tell you then. Chris isn’t here, I am,” he laughed, still determined to make this go smoothly, “and it’s not like I can grab my manager for you.”
“This needs to be delivered tonight.”
Like talking to wet cement.
“Perfect," he felt his smile going, "great," going, "it’s almost like that’s why I’m fucking here." Gone. "You need a package delivered, I am here to deliver it. LIke I said, you could call the operator, but now I am not only the only carrier available, but I’m also the closest to your location.”
“I don’t fucking know you," the man prodded at Jisung’s chest. He didn't do it hard, but he didn't have to to get his point across, "I’m not handing it over.”
Jisung felt it in his hands. He always felt it in his hands first.
Kill him.
“Okay,” he cleared his throat before continuing, “I don’t have time to argue with you about this. I’m going to go inside and get myself something to drink. You do what you need to do and let me know how that goes for you.”
He took his time inside the convenience store. It served a dual purpose of letting himself cool off, and letting the guy outside stew. Jisung traipsed up and down each aisle, looking at shelves closer than he thought he ever had before. He picked up a package of sunflower seeds and started reading the nutritional facts on the back. What the fuck even is hydrogenated sunflower oil? He shook his head, re-shelving the packet before turning his attention to the cooler at the end of the aisle.
“My man,” he called up to the front counter, “you got an-”
He was cut off by a snort of derision. Looking up, he spotted the clerk. She was very much not a man.
“Ah,” he quickly bowed his head a few times, feeling a little ashamed, “sorry. I didn’t…” he tilted his head, “what’s the girl version of ‘my man’?”
“You could call me by my name,” the clerk suggested.
“I like the way you think,” Jisung brightly covered his embarrassment at his social fumble, “what would that be?”
He made some polite small talk with the clerk, finding out that they did not have the strawberry flavor of Milkis that he wanted. He decided that melon was good enough for now and paid for his things before heading back outside to see how the personification of rocks was doing with his predicament.
“How’s the delivery issue working out for you my guy?”
He was greeted with a scowl and a muttered change of plans.
“Sorry,” Jisung couldn’t stop himself from pushing the topic just a little bit, “what was that? You gotta speak up my dude.”
The man huffed.
“Just fucking take the package already.”
“Oh my god,” Jisung placed a hand on his own chest, “I’m so glad that we’ve reached this level of trust in our relationship. This is, like, so amazing for us babe.”
He delighted in watching the man struggle between his latent homophobia and his need to get the job done. His job loyalty won out at the end.
“Just take the fucking thing already. So annoying.”
“No problem babe,” Jisung prodded him, holding out a hand, “I’ll make sure it’s super safe.”
17 notes · View notes
lavenderbang · 1 year
Text
Love Letters
Gryffindor! Seo Changbin x Ravenclaw! reader
Genre(s): Harry Potter/hogwarts au!, ABSOLUTE FLUFF, one scene of angst but that’s it, acquaintances(?) to lovers (Reader has a crush on Changbin but they aren’t quite friends???), feat. the rest of skz (mainly Felix, Jisung, Bangchan, and Jeongin though...)
Warnings: swearing, mentions of self-doubt, but that’s about it :)
W.C: 12.9k
Summary: Seo Changbin was used to his friends having to turn down confessions left and right, seeing as their little friend group as one of the most popular in the school. He convinced himself he didn’t care if nobody ever had interest in him, as it seemed liked such a hassle. That is, until he receives finds a box of chocolates and a love note from his “secret admirer”
A/N: I originally had this idea for Chan, but I feel like Changbin doesn’t get enough love these days and I am such a big simp for Binnie, so here we are. I also love different AUs, and Hogwarts is by far one of my favourites. And with the recent controversy of the stupid game coming out, this is a better way to indulge in the HP universe without supporting Transphobia and Antisemitism, so I hope you enjoy!
Tumblr media
Everybody, look how cute he is
“Oh no, she’s crying...” Jeongin sighed, a look of sympathy washing over his features as the boys watched Hyunjin reject yet another confession. 
They were sat at their usual table in the library, when a sweet hufflepuff girl came up to the group and asked to speak with Hyunjin privately, a normal occurrence for the Slytherin boy, as many girls and guys alike fell for his pretty visuals.
“Its always the worst when they end up crying...” Felix frowned, “It makes me feel so bad for them.”
“Oh yeah, for sure.” Chan hums in agreement, looking down at the table, “Like you know its for the best and you turn them down gently, but still...”
Hyunjin then gave an apologetic bow to the girl and made his way back over to the table. He sat, letting out a deep sigh and brushing his hand through his hair.
“Well?” Jisung said, leaning his chin on his fist, “What happened?”
“She told me how she grew feelings for me recently and how she couldn’t stop thinking about me, which is sweet. She even wrote me a poem...” Hyunjin explained, taking out a folded pink piece of paper from his pocket. However, he didn’t open it, instead he placed it the middle of his potion book and closed it, “I let her down as gently as possible, and she said she understood, but I could see her holding back tears.”
“oh man...” Seungmin winced, scratching the back of his head, “So she was really into you, huh... That’s almost worse.”
“I do not envy you guys.” Changbin scoffed, shaking his head before focusing back on the potions assignment they had due tomorrow, “Being a heart-breaker would be too stressful for me.”
And for the most part, Changbin meant it; the uncomfortable and guilty feelings his friends felt whenever someone would confess their feelings to them and the awkward apologizing for not loving someone back was something Changbin couldn’t imagine himself doing. 
But deep down, he wished that maybe someone would someday confess to him; how embarrassing that out of his whole friend group, he’s the only one who has never been asked out before! Sure, he’s dated, but he always made the first move, always was the one pining after someone else. Maybe once, he’d like to be sought after too?
“It’s okay, she’ll get over it eventually.” Chan said, writing on his own assignment, “I’ll talk to her later tonight in the common room about it.”
“I doubt she wants to talk to you, Channie.” Minho said and rolled his eyes, “I know you’re head of Hufflepuff and you’re supposed to look out for your housemates, but she’ll probably still be a bit sensitive about it.”
“fair point, I’ll just let her be then.” Chan hummed, the boys finally getting back to work on their assignment, since the looming deadline was more important than talk of a rejection.
--------
You sat reading a book in the ravenclaw common room, snuggled up in the corner of the love seat with a cup of tea when the rowdiness of boys stumbled in. You glanced up to see Felix, Chan, Jisung and Changbin enter, seemingly laughing at the conversation the must had been having on the way here. When Jisung caught your gaze, he smiled.
“Oh hey (Y/N)! Sorry if we are bothering you!” He apologized and plopped down on the couch across from the fireplace. The other boys followed suit and sat down next to Jisung, “We’re just gonna hang out here for a bit if that’s okay?”
Jisung was a very good head of house; sure his thought process was pretty odd, but he always was taking in new information and trying to take good care of the rest of his house.
You nodded, before glancing at Felix, who smiled sweetly and waved to you; you shyly waved back focusing back on your book.
Out of the two Australian Hufflepuffs, you were more acquainted with Felix; He spent a lot of time in the great hall, handing out the baked good he made on the weekends. He also sat next to you in charms, to which he was very friendly and kind. He made sure to always say hello whenever he saw you, which you appreciated.
“So as I was saying,” Jisung huffed, before continuing whatever the boys were talking about previously. You didn’t listen much, opting to continue reading and minding your own business; however, that became increasing difficult when Changbin started speaking.
You caught yourself stealing glances at the dark haired Gryffindor from over the top of you book, feeling giddiness bubble up inside whenever he would smile or push his bangs out of his eyes.
You knew it was silly; you barely even spoken to Changbin, besides a simple greeting, yet his presence made you feel anxious. He was handsome and kind, very smart and passionate about the things he cared about. You’ll never forget the day you had heard him talking with Chan over quidditch, the conviction and intensity he had in his voice quite frankly made you feel nothing short of inspired.
So you may have grown a crush on Changbin. A secret one that nobody would ever get to know about. You would listen at look from afar, but it was just too much for you to ever even dream of actually being with him. Besides, he knows plenty of students; he probably doesn’t even really know who you are, so your chances were at zero.
But still, you though about him, what it would be like to go on a date with him. What it would be like to have him talk about you with the same passion and spirit. To be able to kiss him...
You felt your cheeks heat up at the thought, lifting your book so it covered your flushed face. Suddenly the boy’s conversation switched to something more serious, and you felt your ears perk up as you listened.
“So what about that girl and Hyunjin today?” Felix said before shaking his head pitifully at the rug, “It’s really unfortunate cause I know that exact feeling.”
“The feeling of the girl being rejected or Hyunjin having to reject her?” Jisung said, earning a shove from Chan. Did a girl confess to Hyunjin today? You suddenly felt bad, even though you weren’t there or knew who it was.
“Hyunjin of course,” Chan said and rolled his eyes, “We’ve all been there when we had someone confess to us...”
“Well, all except Binnie here!” Jisung teased, nudging Changbin, who rolled his eyes. You furrowed your eyebrows in confusion. Had Changbin never been asked out? That’s impossible! Everyone knew that the group of eight boy were basically the school’s crushes; He would have had to have dated dozens of-
“Make fun of me all you want,” Changbin folded his arms across his chest and leaned back into the couch, “I may have never been asked out, but I also don’t have to deal with that awkward, sticky situation of telling them you don’t like them back.”
No way Changbin really had never been asked out?! You could have sworn there had to be at least one person who has asked him out.
The more you though about it, the more you realized that you couldn’t think of a single person who you knew had. You couldn’t even think of someone who had a genuine crush on him, and not just praised him for his visuals (well, besides you of course...)
“It doesn’t make you sad, does it?” Felix asked, voice full of concern. Changbin sat quietly for a moment before pursing his lips and shifting in his seat. You caught yourself not even holding your book open anymore, hands folded in your lap waiting to hear his answer.
“I mean, it would be really nice to be sought after, sure.” Changbin mumbled before shaking his head and scoffing, “But there is stress that comes with it too, so I’m okay for now.”
“It’s really not all that its cracked up to be, so you’re not missing out much.” Chan said and patted him on the back. They were silent for a moment, before Chan stood and stretched his arms over his head with a yawn, “Anyways, I should get going to bed, I have a test tomorrow morning.”
“Yeah us too,” Felix nodded, standing from his spot and grasping Changbin’s hand to help him up, “See you boys tomorrow!” As Felix, Chan and Changbin turned to leave, you met their gaze, causing you to embarrassingly wave goodbye to them, praying  they don’t bring up you’re eavesdropping. Lucky for you, them smiled and waved back, before leaving your common room to just you and Jisung.
“I’m gonna go to bed too,” Jisung said out loud, turning to you, “Are you gonna stay out here or can I put out the fire?” 
“Oh yeah, I better get to bed too,” You said meekly and stood up, book in hand as you went to the staircase.
“Good night (Y/N).” Jisung hummed, to which you quietly sputtered out a ‘good night’ in response and darted up the stairs.
You ran to your room, closing the door behind you, mind still on Changbin and the shock of him not being asked out or confessed to. 
It made your nerves all jittery as you laid down on your bed, staring at the ceiling; suddenly, a thought popped into your head that made you smile.
Yes, it was perfect.
---------------
“What do you have in your hand?” Jeongin asked, pointing at the small red box Changbin was carrying as he arrived at their usual table in the library. His cheeks were flushed almost as red as the box and his smile was so big his cheeks puffed out. 
It had been a couple of days since the Hyunjin rejection, and everything was how it normally was. That is until Changbin was returning to his dorm after a class and almost tripped over something in front of his door; he couldn’t believe it! was it really...?
“Oh nothing, just a gift from...” Changbin began coyly, suddenly slamming a note down on the table with a happy laugh, “My secret admirer!”
The table was in shock, some of the boys cheering, while other were quick to try and grasp for the note; Until the sharp shushing of a nearby professor, that is. The boys relaxed a bit, shifting in their seats as Changbin sat down setting the gift down on the table.
“What’s in the box?” Minho asked, reaching for the box and opening it to reveal six homemade-looking chocolates, decorated with caramel hearts and various coloured sprinkles.
“Dibs!” Jisung cheered before reaching out to grab one, only for his hand to be swatted away by Changbin. He covered the chocolates, closing the box back up and pulling it closer to him.
“You guys don’t get them, they’re for me!” Changbin pouted, clutching the box to his chest, “The note doesn’t say ‘to Changbin and all of his friends’, now does it?”
“What does the note say?” Seungmin asked, nodding to the folded white note in Changbin’s hand. The Gryffindor, unfolded the letter, reading the contents out loud:
Dearest Changbin,
Hello.
I watch you from afar every day and I know how much you like the chocolate from Honeydukes. But to make my gift as special as you are, I melted it into something new and decorated it myself. I hope you like them as much as I like you &lt;3
Your Secret Admirer
Changbin’s face flushed re-reading the message, feeling his heart flutter. It wasn’t everyday someone gave him a gift, especially not of something he really liked.
“Who gave this to you?” Hyunjin asked, grinning at the excitement and giddiness in Changbin’s features.
“I don’t know,” Changbin hummed, smile still on his face as he looked over the note once more, “I found it outside my door after Care For Magical Creatures.”
“Good for you, Bin!” Chan said with a smile, ruffling Changbin’s hair like a proud parent before looking over at the note, “I really wonder who it is, though...”
“That’s not important right now,” Felix said, crossing his arms on the table and laying his chin down onto them, “What’s important is how happy they made you feel dude.”
The boys then started to tease Changbin, pinching at his cheeks and shoving his shoulders with chuckles and a string of ‘ooo’s.
You steal a glance from a few tables away, feeling the heat creep up your face at their reactions. You didn’t think Changbin would show his friends your letter, so it was a bit embarrassing; but you didn’t really mind that much, as they didn’t seem like the type to make fun of you for it.
Besides, it was worth all the hot, long hours you spent trying to heat and cool that damn chocolate to see the look on Changbin’s face. It was cute to see how excited he was, ears red and pretty smile seemingly stuck to his face. You decided you wanted to see it again and again and again. You decided he should smile like that everyday, so you began to brainstorm your next idea to make him smile like that again.
----------
“Ow! son of a bitch...” You cried out, sucking the blood that was pooling at the tip of your finger from the prickly thorns of the rose you were preparing. The bundle of soft lavender roses was almost complete, but the thorns were proving to be a pain in the ass.
You instinctively tapped your finger a few times on the pad of your thumb before going back to work. You felt nervous, as you were out in the greenhouses where anyone could just waltz in and catch you; you wanted to finish quickly. Not to mention Changbin would be finishing quidditch practice soon, and you wanted to deliver this gift before he was done.
“Okay that’s good...” You mumbled to yourself before pulling out a red ribbon and tying it around the stems creating a lovely bouquet. You then read over the note once more and slipped in in the ribbon as well. Looking at your handiwork one last time before deciding it was good enough, you stood and approached the quidditch field. You awkwardly tried to hide the purple bouquet in the folds of your robe, even though there wasn’t anyone out to see you; but better safe than sorry.
The weather today was bit chillier than expected, the autumn season coming to a close. It would soon be winter, which was good in its own respect; sure, autumn was beautiful, with the colourful leaves popping against the dull grass and skies, but winter meant powdery snow, warm drinks by the fireplace and cuddling up with someone on the coldest mornings.
that last one you definitely thought about from time to time...
You could hear shouts and the swishing of brooms as you finally got to the quidditch field. You hid by the entrance, peaking your head around the corner just in time to see Changbin neatly block the quaffle from going in, catching it effortlessly before nonchalantly tossing it to another Gryffindor player.
He look so handsome, drenched in sweat, cocky grin adorning his face as he floated like an angel in the sky. You could stay there for hours watching him play, but you had a job to do.
You moved farther from the field, finding the quidditch pitch and entering quickly; You were lucky that there wasn’t anyone changing at that moment, cause you couldn’t even think to check before entering. You looked around, trying to located Changbin’s stuff quickly before getting caught snooping around.
luckily it wasn’t too hard, as you recognized the sneakers he wore everyday in front of a bulky duffle-bag. You gently placed your bundle of flowers on top of the bag, finishing with a few adjustments to make sure it was set up perfectly. And just as quickly as you entered, you scampered away not slowing down until you were a good hundred feet away from the field.
You took a deep breath, feeling all your nerves on edge as you quickly pulled out the same book you’ve been reading recently and flipped to the page you were on. You planned to be sitting in the grass on the way to school, that way you would be able to see the smile on Changbin’s face that you adored so much. 
You tried to steady your breathing, wanting to appear as relaxed and natural, but inside you were screaming. You felt nervous, but also excited. 
Around ten minutes had passed, when suddenly you felt someone lean down beside you and sit with you in the grass. Startled, you look at the figure beside to you reveal Felix, beaming a smile almost as bright as the sun.
“Hey (Y/N)! What’s up?” Felix greeted. You made note of the place in your book before closing it and facing Felix.
“Nothing much, just reading.” You answered, trying you best to sound casual and calm. But inside, you were freaking out. Why was Felix with you? And what about Changbin!? What if he comes while Felix is with you? It ruined your whole plan!
“Cool, I’m waiting for Changbin and Jeongin.” Felix explained, glancing down his watch before looking back at you, “They should be done practice soon.” You hummed, turning to look in the direction of the field.
“Mind if I chill with you while I wait?” Felix asked, to which you nodded and you sat quietly, while Felix began to talk about the Charms class the two of you shared. 
You really tried to pay attention to what Felix was talking about, but your mind was glued on Changbin and the roses. Would he like them? Was the note you wrote too forward? Would he show the boys he played quidditch with or not?
You were snapped out of your daze by the sound of fast footsteps and a shout of excitement that sounded a bit too familiar. You looked at Felix, who shrugged at you, before looking in the direction of the footsteps to see Changbin running up the hill with a tired looking Jeongin trying to catch up.
“Felix? Felix!” Changbin cheered, waving the roses in his hand, beaming with joy, “I got another one!” You felt your nerves be replaced with butterflies, feeling a bit relieved that Changbin seemed to like the gift.
“Another what?!” Felix hopped up, approaching his friend who ran straight into him, knocking the two of them to the ground and almost crushing you in the process. 
They both let out a fit of giggles before Changbin sat up, and showed off the roses you spent almost an hour cutting and pruning for him. His hair was still sweaty and tousled, and he had dry dead grass on his shirt from the fall, but you couldn’t help but think it was the most beautiful he had ever looked.
“My secret admirer! They gave new a new gift and a new note!” Changbin squealed, laying back in the grass and clutching the bouquet and note to his chest. Jeongin finally arrived, huffing and puffing before sitting in the grass beside Changbin, lightly kicking the older boy’s shoulder.
“Was it really necessary to run?” He pouted, clutching his stomach like he was gonna puke.
“What does this note say?” Felix asked, reaching for the note, only for Changbin to jerk his arm away so Felix couldn’t grab it.
“None of your business!” Changbin barked, before letting out a breathless chuckle. Felix frowned, crawling on top of the Gryffindor boy to wrestle for the note, to which Changbin easily gave up, opting to gently brush his fingers against the lavender roses.
Felix began to open the note, before glancing at you and closing it up again with a pout. You blinked a couple times at Felix before realizing he didn’t want you to see the note (as if you didn’t write it; but to be fair he didn’t know that). You quickly avert your gaze down to the grass as Felix read the note silently. Jeongin was quick to move over to Felix and read it as well over his shoulder; it was fine, you already knew what it said:
Dearest Changbin,
It’s me again. I hope you enjoyed the chocolates! These aren’t nearly as tasty as my last gift, but they are much more pretty.
Flowers are used to convey feelings and meanings. Do you know what lavender roses mean? They represent love at first sight or enchantment. And you have definitely enchanted me! Every time I see you, I feel like I fall in love all over again.
I hope you enjoy these flowers, they are almost as beautiful as you! (you could use something that smells nice after practice anyways <;3)
Your Secret Admirer
“How cute!” Felix gushed, grinning at Changbin who was still playing with the flowers like some sort of lovesick puppy. Your face flushed at Felix’s comment, feeling a bit embarrassed, but also relieved he reacted positively.
“This one is a bit more forward than the last one, huh?” Jeongin suggested, smirk on his face as he folded up the note and handed it back to Changbin. He opened it again, rereading it and smile growing with ever passing second.
You wanted to explode when you saw his reaction; his ear flushed and his nose crinkled cutely as Changbin let out a silly giggle.
“Oh, (Y/N), just so you know what’s up, Changbin has a secret admirer.” Felix explained and you tried your best to try and act like this was news to you.
“You seem pretty happy about it..?” You timidly asked, shyly looking at Changbin. He shifted so his elbows rested under him, holding his head and shoulders up. You secretly were just trying to find out if he really like it or he was feeling pressured, as you remember him mentioning that.
“Its nice...” He mumbled, little grin on his face before he sighed and looked over the note again, “I just wish I knew who it was...”
“(Y/N), you wouldn’t happen to have a clue to who Changbin’s secret admirer is? Maybe one of the ravenclaw kids?” Felix asked, causing the three boys to look at you; Changbin blinked expectantly at you, making you look away and shaking your head no.
“I’m sorry, I haven’t heard anyone mention anything.” You answered, which was technically the truth. After all, you haven’t talked to anyone about being his secret admirer. 
Changbin sighed, laying back in the grass before pulling gently at the petals on one of the roses, rubbing in between his fingers. He smiled to himself before sitting up.
“I guess it doesn’t matter, I’ll just have to figure it out myself.” He hummed, a newfound determination in his voice., “With whatever little clues I get, I will find out who it is!”
“You sound serious.” Felix chuckled, “I guess we’ll have to try and help you figure it out too.”
You felt nervous about that; sure, you thought you were pretty inconspicuous about revealing details of who you are (basically none), but the idea that all eight boys would be trying to find out the identity of the secret admirer made you anxious. 
Changbin hummed in agreement before finally sitting up and brushing the stray bits of grass out of his hair. You secretly wished it could have been you who brushed your hands through his hair...
“Well, we should probably get going. I have to shower before dinner.” Changbin said, gently setting the bouquet down in the grass before smoothing out his dress shirt. 
You watched, hands folded over the book in your lap and Changbin helped Felix stand up, while Jeongin followed suit. Changbin picked up the bouquet again, clutching it fondly to his chest with a bright grin. He then turned his attention to you, catching you off guard.
“See you around, (Y/N).” He hummed and you swore you felt your heart stop. This might have been the first time he mentioned you by name and honestly, it surprised you that he even knew it. 
“Y-yeah! for sure...” You stammered, waving at Changbin as the boys left, leaving you alone in the grass. 
----------
“Wow! The first snow of the season!” Jisung gushed, pressing his cheek up against the cool window to get a look outside, “It so pretty out!”
Chan, Jisung, Felix and Changbin were once again in the ravenclaw common room, just relaxing and spending some time together after a long week of school.
 With the winter coming closer and quidditch season ending, they spent a lot more time in the common room that usual, which you definitely didn’t mind; You just “happened” to be there most nights too, reading up on your book or studying for upcoming tests, but above all else, wanting to be around Changbin.
It had been a few weeks since your last gift to him, since you wanted the next one to be something special. You spent a lot of time thinking about what exactly you wanted to give him; most things you thought of didn’t seem special or good enough to give someone as special as Changbin.
“You can see the big puffy flakes falling down!” Felix exclaimed, smile bright as he squished beside Jisung to see out the window. You watched the boys with a small grin, stirring the tea you had and trying not to giggle at how cute they looked.
“Come look Bin, you always love the first snow.” Chan said, waving over Changbin who sat on the floor at the coffee table by the sofas, seemingly focused on something else.
“Yeah in a minute,” He hummed, playing with a white piece of paper. You watched him unfold it and fold it again and again, flipping it over, rubbing it between his fingers, deeply analyzing it. He was sitting cross-legged, dark shaggy hair messily covering his forehead and his eyebrows furrowed in concentration. He looked handsome when he focused so much, but what was he looking at?
“Binnie, why are you still looking at that note?” Jisung sighed, coming back over Changbin and sitting beside him. 
Note? He was looking at your note..?
“Because,” Chagnbin sighed, setting it back down on the table brushing his hands through his hair before leaning back, “I haven’t gotten another note for weeks now...”
It hurt you to see him look so defeated, and you promised yourself you would never let him go this long without a note again. You felt guilty, but you just wanted to give him the best gift you could, so maybe it was worth it..?
“Awe, don’t worry dude!” Felix comforted, sitting down on the other side of him and wrapping his arm around him, “I’m sure they just have something cooler prepared that takes more time.”
“what if they don’t like me anymore..?” Changbin sighed weakly, biting his bottom lip and picking up the note again, holding it gently. 
You wanted to scream at him that it wasn’t true, and that he was silly for even thinking that, but you held back. You had to give him a new note and a gift now, so you needed to keep this charade up for a bit longer. You took a sip from your tea and flipped a page in your book, trying to not look like you were listening except you were fuming inside.
“Nonsense!” Chan huffed, coming to sit across from them, “Listen, I don’t know why it’s been so long since you got a note, but I’m sure your secret admirer has their reasons. Maybe they are scared you don’t like the notes and gifts. Maybe they have something big prepared like Felix said. Maybe they did give you something but it got lost or taken. My point is, the least likely scenario is them not liking you.”
“I mean, maybe....” Changbin said flatly, looking at the note in his lap sadly. The sight broke your heart and you suddenly felt like such an idiot. Changbin shook his head and set the note back on the table, “I don’t know. I just... I hope you guys are right.”
“Of course we are right,” Jisung said simply, patting Changbin on the shoulder reassuringly, “What reason would this person have to suddenly not like you? none! And there is so much to like about you, right guys?!”
Chan and Felix nod in agreement, trying desperately to cheer the dark haired gryffindor up. He let out a weak smile at his friend’s efforts, but looked back down at his lap sadly.
“Thanks guys...” He said softly, folding his hands in his lap and playing with them, seemingly defeated. 
That sad look was the last straw for you; feeling like you wanted to cry at the sight, you got up quietly and left the common room, determined to get a gift for Changbin now.
Luckily for you, you had the perfect idea after hearing the boys talking earlier.
It was freezing out, the crunch of fresh fallen snow under your shoes as you walked outside. As much as you hated being out here without a coat, you were fueled by the need to make Changbin smile. 
Using a spell you had learned a few years ago, you were able to gather up the freshly fallen snow from the sky, catching it in a crystal ball to make a snow globe of sorts. You would have loved to make an ornate stand for it, but it was almost curfew and you needed to get this to Changbin by tonight. The ball by itself would have to do; besides, maybe Changbin would like it more this way. Being able to roll it around to see the first snow of the year whenever seemed like something he would prefer to just shaking it like a normal snow globe.
Coming back inside and dusting yourself off, you try to neatly and hastily write out a note for him, trying to convey your feelings with every quill stroke. You re-read it, making sure it was perfect before folding it up and carrying your stuff back towards the common room. The only problem now, was there was no wrapping or box you had with you to put it in. And how would you be able to give it to him without him knowing it was from you?
Maybe you couldn’t give it to him tonight. If they just weren’t in the common room, you could sneak up to your room to be able to wrap the orb quickly, but going through the common room with them there was impossible to not be seen. Would tomorrow be better? But the idea of Changbin going to bed disheartened and sad made you feel heartbroken. There was no way you could wait to give it to him but-
“Hey (Y/N) what is that?” Jisung asked, standing out in the hallway right outside of your common room, with Changbin. The two of them had an armful of baked goods from the kitchen.
You freeze in place, feeling like you’ll be sick. You had both of them staring at you for a moment, looking down at the open globe in your hand and the note and you were speechless.
You were done for.
“It’s.. uhmmm...” You mumble, but Changbin is quick to notice the white note in your hand and snatches it from you in a moment.
“It’s from my secret admirer!” Changbin squealed, face lighting up as he unfolds the note and reads it. As he reads through the note, his face grows brighter and brighter and you can’t help but smile back at him, even though your knew you were fucked.
“What does it say?!” Jisung screamed, trying to read it too. He quickly grabbed it from Changbin and began reading it out loud.
Dearest Changbin,
Let me apologize for the long wait for this gift. I was trying to find something special and meaningful to give you to be able to show my love for you, so it took longer than expected. I promise to show you my love more thoroughly from now on.
I have gathered the first snow of the season for you, wanting you to always have a precious and magical moment on hand whenever you need it. Every moment I spend thinking about you is precious and magical for me.
I hope you enjoy this gift, I know how much you love the first snow of the year &lt;3
Your Secret Admirer.
You felt your face heat up as Jisung read your note out loud, not thinking about how cheesy it sounded until it came out of his mouth.
“(Y/N)! Explain yourself!” Jisung shouted, pointing an accusatory finger at you.
Shit, I guess it’s time to come clean and confess. You felt sick to your stomach at the idea of telling Changbin to his face that it’s been you all along, but here goes-
“Yeah (Y/N)! Where did you find this? Did my secret admirer give it to you to give to me?!” Changbin said, face serious, yet he was absolutely dead wrong about the situation. But you felt a weight lift off your shoulders as you would be able to sway them away from suspicion of you.
“No, I found it out here sitting by the wall.” You said as nonchalantly as possible, giving Changbin the snow globe. He quirked his brow at the clear crystal ball, before giving it a shake and seeing the snow inside appear and whirl to life. His face softened and he smiled fondly at the small ball.
“I didn’t see who left it, but I didn’t want it to break or be kicked, so I was coming to bring it to you.” You said, gazing at Changbin’s gleeful state and stifling a smile. At least the plan was a success, even if this isn’t what you had in mind.
“See? We told you they were waiting to give you something special buddy!” Jisung said, shaking Changbin’s shoulder before wrapping his arm around his friends and looking back to you, “Thank you (Y/N) for the delivery!”
“Yeah, thank you (Y/N).” Changbin hummed softly, his smile warm enough to melt away the cold you experienced going outside without a jacket. You felt your face heat up as you looked into Changbin’s eyes. He broke eye contact first, looking back down at the ball fondly.
“Of course.” You whispered, feeling like every cell in your body would burst at this moment from a whole conglomerate of feelings.
“Alright lover-boy, lets get these snacks back to the boys.” Jisung said and pulled on Changbin’s arm. They boys departed towards the common room before Jisung called back to you.
“Aren’t you coming too, (Y/N)?”
“Right! Yes, of course.” You confirmed and scurried to catch up to the boys, releasing the deep breath you didn’t know you were holding.
How you avoided being found out was a mystery. Blame it on the brainlessness of boys....
---------
“(Y/N), do you have the notes from Friday?” Felix asked, tugging at the arm of your robe, “Chan spilled water in my bag by accident and ruined mine, so if I could just borrow them to make a copy, I’d really appreciate it.”
It was a week later, and you had been racking your brain for what your next gift to Changbin would be. You weren’t exactly sure how much longer you should stay secret, but the thought of actually confessing made you feel sick. 
But for now, you had more important things to focus on, like school; more specifically the class you were currently in.
“Yeah, totally!” You answered Felix, digging through your bag for your notes and handing them to him, “Sorry, my hand-writing is a bit messy...” He dismissed you, flipping through the pages before frowning.
You stiffened when you realized a moment too late what you had just done.
“Your handwriting looks... familiar.” Felix said chewing his bottom lip until it clicked where he recognized it from. Felix gasped before tugging at your arm once again, “This looks like the love letters Changbin’s been receiving! Are you-”
You quickly hushed the boy, feeling your face heat up. Fuck. 
Felix calmed down a bit before whispering “Are you Changbin’s secret admirer?”
Felix looked at you expectantly. It would be fruitless to lie to him at this point; you could tell he wouldn't believe you even if you tried.
“You can’t tell anyone, especially not him.” You whispered back feverishly, feeling sick to your stomach. How silly of you! Of course Felix would recognize your handwriting, it was obvious. And with how excited he always seemed about the situation, of course he would have looked at the handwriting on the notes a lot.
You felt like you were going to pass out.
“I promise I wont tell him!” Felix said seriously, before giggling like a school girl, “(Y/N), that’s so cute! How long have you like him? You should have asked me to set you up! Also-”
“Felix, can we talk about this in a place that’s not so public...” You whined, looking around the crowded classroom. You suddenly felt exposed, like everyone was looking at you and like everyone knew, because it wasn’t just your little secret now.
“Of course, of course.” Felix said and turned back to his work, but only for a moment to scribble out a note and pass it to you, without lifting his eyes from his assignment.
He talks about the notes all the time, you know. You make him really happy :)
The corners of your lips quirked up, before you mumbled out a shy ‘good’ and focusing on your work again. You were stressed about someone finding out, but at least it was Felix out of all people. You knew he wouldn’t tell, no matter how excited he got because Felix wasn’t the type to break a promise. 
But still, you couldn’t shake the feeling of dread in your chest.
Class seemed to drag on, but the moment it ended you quickly packed up and tried your best to leave the classroom without having to talk to Felix about your little crush. It was bad enough that Felix found out, but you didn’t want to get into details with him about your feelings. So you fled, trying to get away as fast as possible.
However, you weren’t so lucky, having Felix corner you in the hallway and drag you off to the entrance hall for some privacy. Great...
“Okay you have to tell me everything!” Felix gushed, not letting go of your arm. You frown and chew your lip nervously, feeling incredibly embarrassed about the whole situation. You stood silently, looking at the floor as if you were guilty and in trouble for something.
“It’s okay (Y/N)...” Felix said softly, coaxing you to look up at him. He grinned at you encouragingly, “I won’t tell anyone, I just want to know.” You took a deep breath before letting out a heavy sigh. He wouldn’t leave you alone until you told him about your feelings for Changbin, so you might as well get it over with.
“I don’t know when I started liking him. Since I first saw him I think.” You began, feeling the heat rush to your face. You weren’t able to look at Felix, so you just stared at the floor, fiddling with the edge of your tie.
“I overheard you guys talking about how he never got asked out one night in the common room and I wanted to change that, but asking him out seemed too scary... So I decided to be his secret admirer instead.” You finished simply, rubbing the nape of your neck. Felix stood silently for a moment, lips pursed as he thought. He let go of you, folding his arms over his chest.
“Its the muscles right?” He finally said, smirking at your embarrassed state, “You find his muscles attractive and that’s why you like him, right? I can’t say I blame you though, They are quite a sight...”
“What? No! That’s not the reason!” You stammered out a bit too loudly, eyes shooting up to see Felix’s smug expression. God you wanted to punch him right now.
“I mean, he is handsome and his muscles are cool and all....” You admitted, smiling to yourself as you thought about Changbin, “But I like how passionate he is. And how he’s kind and loyal. And how he’s a good friend above all else.”
“Awe, you’re smiling so hard!” Felix teased you, cooing at how flustered you were getting. He poked your cheek with his finger, smiling when you swatted his hand away,  “You must be imagining him right now.” “Stop teasing me!” You groaned, pushing him away from you and covering your face with your hands. This was going to be unbearable now that Felix knew.
“Okay, I’m sorry.” Felix apologized, reaching over to rub your shoulder. You glared at him, feeling sick to your stomach still.
“You should tell him it’s you though.” Felix suggested, before perking up as he got an idea, “Ask him to go on a date during winter break!”
“Are you crazy?!” You screeched. You shook your head disapprovingly, moving to go and sit down on the steps of the entrance hall. You placed your head in your hands and let out a tired sigh. Felix slowly sat beside you, placing his arm around you in comfort.
“I want to tell him, but I’m honestly scared to...” You confessed, looking up at Felix, who was listening to you intently. A sense of doom looms over you at the thought of confessing, “I mean, what if....”
“What if..?”
“What if he finds out its me and.... feels disappointed?”
“Why would he be disappointed if it was you?”
“Because, I’m me and he’s him!” You sighed exasperated. You didn’t know when you started crying, but you felt a tear drip onto your lap. You wiped it away with a sniffle, trying to calm down. Feelings you didn’t even know you had started arising and for some reason, talking to Felix made you feel comfortable to confide in him.
You look down at your shoes, bouncing your knee anxiously as you spoke, “He’s Seo Changbin! He’s cool and he’s popular because he’s the sweetest; he’s the guy that is never rude and he never leaves his friends alone. He always puts himself wholeheartedly into everything he does and he never gives up, no matter how unlikely things will work out for him. He’s such a good person!”
Felix listened to you ramble, nodding along and rubbing your back to hopefully sooth you. You hung your head and let out a sigh, like all the life in you was expelled with that one breath.
“And I’m me... I’m the loser who has no friends, who always has their nose in a book because it’s easy to be alone if I pretend it’s by choice. I have a crush on a guy I barely have spoken to and I wasn’t even sure knew of my existence until a few months ago! I keep to myself, always observing as if I’m the background character and he’s the main character.” You wipe your eyes one more time as you finish rambling, feeling the lump in your throat as you tried to calm down a bit more.
“The background character isn’t supposed to be with the main character. That’s not how stories go...” You finalize, clutching the sleeves of your shirt with a crestfallen expression.
You didn’t quite think about why you were so afraid to tell Changbin it was you, but now it all suddenly made sense. You didn’t feel that he would have feelings for a nobody like you when he was someone like him. It just didn’t seem possible for him to have any interest in you, that’s why being a secret admirer worked so well for you.
You could tell him your feelings without him being disappointed it was you who felt that way.
“Good thing this isn’t one of your silly stories then.” Felix said firmly, not looking over at you. He was still rubbing your back, his determined expression a stark contrast from his gentle movements.
“Listen (Y/N), I know it’s scary and I know you don’t feel like you’re enough, but I can assure you, you are.” Felix explained seriously. His expression softened a bit as he flashed you a small smile, “You are smart, and you’re kind. You’re clearly very thoughtful to do all for this for Changbin. He be a fool to not like you.”
“You have me to support you and cheer you on now. I’m telling you, as your friend,” Felix nudged you a bit at the word friend, trying to cheer you up out of your somber mood, “You should tell him it’s you.”
“I don’t know...” You hummed weakly, feeling like there were a thousand doubts and negative thoughts stirred up in your mind. It all seemed like something any good friend would tell someone to comfort them.
“It’s not fair to neither you nor Changbin that you’re choosing to cheat the both of you out of happiness over a ‘what if’.” Felix said simply, patting you back one last time before retracting his hand to lay in his lap. 
Upon feeling his hand leave your back, you turned to look at Felix, with him staring directly back at you. His lips were pulled into a thin line, with his eyebrows furrowed in a stern, yet sympathetic expression before he finished, “Don’t let yourself sabotage your happiness like that.”
That seemed to spark a sense of hope in your chest, as you let your brain think on the concept for a moment.
It wasn’t fair of you to take away all possibility of Changbin being confessed to. It always made you happy to make him happy; so if Changbin finding out who his secret admirer was would bring him joy, it made sense you’d do everything in your power to make that come true. 
Besides, you knew Changbin was kind, so if he did turn you down, it would be in the most polite way possible, which wouldn’t be so bad...
“I have to tell him.” You deduced after thinking in silence. Felix seemed to perk up at your change in attitude, grinning at your newfound resolve.
“I agree!” Felix said with a nod, “Whatever I can do to help, let me know!”
The cogs were already turning in your head, formulating a plan on how exactly what you were going to do and how you were going to do it. 
------------------
Changbin hummed the tune he had stuck in his head all morning as he sat at his desk. Drumming his pencil against the edge of his potions textbook, he tried to focus on the current homework he had, but it was impossible at this point.
Changbin sighed, giving up on focusing and pulling open the drawer on his desk to pull out all the notes you had written him.
These days, all Changbin could think about was his secret admirer. The thought of them ran through his mind 24/7; what you looked like, what you sounded like, what kind of perfume you wore, what your favourite colour was, why you liked him. Who were you?
Re-reading the notes, he felt his face blush. It was refreshing for someone to care about him so much. He felt spoiled and couldn’t stop the grin on his face from creeping up, especially at the lines where you said you loved him.
He had read the notes over at least a thousand times by now. He could recite them by heart, noticed small things in the handwriting itself, like the way you crossed your ts or how you swoop the g more delicately while writing his name.
Changbin groaned, folding the notes back up and stuffing them in his desk drawer carefully. It had been a couple months since he first got one and he was no closer to figuring out who it was. Nobody seemed to act any differently around him since he started receiving the gifts, and he didn’t notice any lingering stares. Not to mention, he’d not been able to recognize the handiwork from either the gifts or the notes.
It all was so incredibly frustrating and disheartening to him. How was he ever going to figure out who it was if they never gave any clues away?
Changbin reached for the crystal ball you had gifted him from the top of his desk and rolled it around in his hands as he thought about if he’d missed any clues. The globe grew cold in his palms, snow whirling to life inside as he passed it between his hands mindlessly.
There was a sudden knock at his door that pulled him from his thoughts. He was about to yell and ask who it was when a piece of yellow parchment quickly slipped underneath the door. Changbin took a moment to realize what it was, before almost falling out of his desk chair. 
Letters didn’t usually get sent to him directly (or anonymously) unless it was his secret admirer.
He snatched up the paper from his floor before beaming at the familiar way he was addressed at the top of the letter.
Dearest Changbin,
Hello. I am writing something a bit longer so please forgive no gift this time. However I think you’ll probably enjoy today more than any gift I’ve given you so far.
It must have been hard to try and figure out who I am from just my notes. I have meticulously crafted each one as to not give myself away. Even my gifts have everything to do with you and your preferences, and nothing to do with me! But I think you have suffered enough now. If you would like to, You can meet me today, face to face.
Changbin felt his heart stop at that sentence. He was really going to know the answer to the million dollar question. Changbin shook his head and went back to reading before he got to ahead of himself.
However, instead of telling you my identity outright, I think you’d much rather figure it out yourself with a series of clues. Finishing this little game would be so much more satisfying than just being told the answer, right?
So without further ado, your first clue: (to be fair, its more like instructions...)
You need to go to the library and you will find a book sitting on the table you usually sit at with your friends (The table in the corner by the windows). The book has a dark blue hardcover and golden-edged pages. It is my favourite one; I think I’ve read it over a dozen times and I have my own copy that you can borrow anytime :)
Inside the book is another note which has your next clue!
Good luck! I know you’ll figure it out soon, brilliant Changbin!
&lt;3
Your Not-So-Secret Admirer.
Changbin grinned at the playfulness of his secret admirer. It was hard to convey personality through writing a lot of the times, but they managed pretty well in Changbin’s opinion.
He slipped on his shoes excitedly, lacing them up tight before he folded the letter up and stuffed it in his pocket. He could feel the giddiness bubble up in his chest from the fun nature of this little treasure hunt.
He thought to grab his scarf and jacket too, just in case this little game lead him outside, he didn’t want to freeze before he got the chance to meet you.
He went out to the common room, going to make his way to the library when he was stopped briefly by his friend on the couch.
“Hey Bin, where are you headed?” Jeongin called to his housemate, standing up when Changbin barely spared him a glance.
“My secret admirer left me a treasure hunt,” He hummed happily. Jeongin insisted to come too for help, but Changbin simply waved the boy off, “I’ll tell you everything later!”
“Okay, but don’t stay out too late!” Jeongin called to Changbin as the older Gryffindor rushed out the door.
Changbin could only hear the rush of blood in his ears and the pounding in his chest as he weaved through countless stairs and hallways on his way to the library. He was feeling nervous, although the didn’t really think there was reason to be.
It was clear by now that you liked him a lot, yet he was worried about meeting you face to face. What would he say? What if he didn’t live up to what you expected of him?
Changbin wiped his palms on his trousers to hopefully try and aid the clammy feeling before he pushed open the doors to the library. He made a b-line straight to the table he usually sat at, but was surprised to see Chan and Jisung sitting there working on homework.
“Hey Changbin, you okay? You look like you ran here.” Chan chuckled, setting his quill down on the table. 
Changbin barely spared either of them a glance, looking around the table for the book. When he couldn’t see it, he circled around the table, looking at the chairs pulled up against it with a huff.
“Uh... Bin? Hello?” Jisung called out to his friend, “What are you looking for?”
“A book.” Changbin said urgently, finally looking at his two friends when it seemed to be gone, “Its got a blue hardcover and gold pages and was supposed to be at our table.”
“Oh yeah, I think something like that was at the table before we got here.” Chan hummed, looking over at Jisung, “You put it away, right?” 
Changbin felt his heart drop; this was not happening right now.
“Yeah, I moved it so we could study.” Jisung nodded, looking back at Changbin, who was mentally freaking out by now.
His one chance to meet you and figure out who you are and his idiot friends had to move the one thing he needed? He felt like he was going to scream.
“Where did you put it!?” Changbin asked anxiously, slamming his hands down on the table and making the other two boys jump in their seats.
“Relax!” Jisung cried, before turning to point at the library cart that sat about twenty feet away, “I placed it on the cart for re-shelving. It should still be there.”
“What is it?” Chan asked, as Changbin scurried off to the cart without answering. He looked through a few of the books on there before he spotted the one he was looking for on the bottom shelf. Changbin huffed out a sigh of relief, grabbing it from the cart and bringing it back to the table.
“Its a clue from my secret admirer.” Changbin answered; he felt exhausted after experiencing so much panic over almost loosing the book. He turned it over in his hands, opening the front cover.
The other two boys watched as he flipped through the pages before landing somewhere in the middle, where a white piece of paper stuck out of it. You also seemed to highlight the words on the page to create a simple message that read “you are my light”. Changbin felt a bit embarrassed about that, but he thought it was a sweet touch nonetheless.
He carefully unfolded the letter and took a deep breath before reading.
My Dearest Changbin,
Congratulations on finding the first clue! I hope it wasn’t difficult for you.
He smiled at the addition of “my dearest” when addressing him; it made Changbin’s heart flutter just a bit to think of being someones’ dearest...
You know what goes good with a book? Cookies and tea! I often like curling up with a good book, a gingersnap cookie and some chamomile tea in the evenings. The only thing that would make that experience better is if we did it together...
Changbin blushed at the thought of someone reading to him in the evenings; his head in your lap as you read him whatever you wanted. He could almost taste the flowery teas and freshly baked cookies and feel the softness of your fingers through his hair as you told him a story....
Focus Changbin! Focus.
Your next clue is in the kitchen! I made you some cookies and tea to enjoy before we meet. I wasn’t sure what you liked best, but luckily I had help with that!
You will meet a friend of mine there; You know him pretty well :)
He will have your next clue. 
Good luck, I know you’ll figure it out soon, my brilliant Changbin
p.s. please bring the book with you, its my copy :p
&lt;3
Your (Even Less Of A) Secret Admirer
“Wait, you’re meeting them today?!” Chan exclaimed excitedly, leaning over the table to look at the note. Changbin lets the boys take the note to read it over as he flips casually through your book. 
It was filled with annotations and other random notes in the margins. Things that you really liked, ideas the text made you have, even just things you felt or thought about in that moment. Whoever you were, you seemed like a very thoughtful and detailed person, which Changbin could appreciate
Jisung seems to recognize something in the writing, frowning as he finishes reading the note and then looking at the book in Changbin’s hands. It seemed oddly familiar to him....
“What book is that?” Jisung asks, peering cautiously at the cover. Changbin  closed to book to look at the cover before shrugging.
“Don’t know, there isn’t a title on it. They probably have a dust jacket that goes over top with the title.” Changbin hummed, showing his ravenclaw friend the book.
“I think I have a guess on who your admirer is, Bin.” Jisung said nodding to himself as he looked back at the note in Chan’s hands. He grinned a bit as all the gears snapped into place.
“Who!?” Chan asked as he shot out of his chair. Changbin looked at Jisung expecting an answer, but he just shook his head playfully and sat back down. Changbin felt like he could explode right then from anticipation and he wanted to strangle Jisung for not spilling his thoughts; But deep down, he was also pretty glad Jisung didn’t say who he was thinking of. 
It would have ruined the fun.
“It’s the gingersnaps and chamomile that gave them away. The book looked familiar, but if it’s who I think it is, they always have a cup of chamomile when they read.” Jisung revealed, before pointing down towards the bottom of the note, “But I wonder who this mysterious “friend” is?”
“The only way to know if for me to go find out.” Changbin said hastily, scooping up the note and putting it in his pocket with the letter from before, “Thank you for almost ruining everything and then fixing it again, I’ll see you guys later!”
“See you buddy!” Chan yelled to Changbin as the Gryffindor boy rushed away, onto the next location. 
The kitchen was a bit of a walk, so Changbin had some time to speculate.
It annoyed him that Jisung seemed to know before he did, but that must mean the Jisung just knows the person better. Which wasn’t surprising to Changbin, since he was the head of his house and it was his job to know people. Maybe that meant they were a Ravenclaw?
And judging from your scribbly book, that was a good sign that he was right on that.
How many Ravenclaws did Changbin really know? All the members of the quidditch team, Jisung and most of the leaders and/or older Ravenclaws that the younger students depended on, and the few odd students he’d met in his classes. Not really narrowing it down too much...
Whoever you were, Changbin was starting to feel sick at the thought of meeting you. It made him nervous to think about what to finally say when you were standing in front of him.. It was very clear that you liked him a lot, and he wanted to have your first meeting be the best possible interaction. But what then? Would he go out on a date? He’d like to think so, but that could lead to complications...
What if you went and you realized you didn’t like him? The only person who has ever sought after him suddenly deciding they don’t want to be with him anymore made his heart ache.
But what if it went well? Changbin knew he had to do this. He had to know who you were and even if it ended terribly, he at least could look back at this time with fond memories. 
That was the mindset Changbin had as he entered the kitchen, trying his best not to ruin anything the staff were working on. Through the window, he could see it started to snow outside, the soft powder floating through the air. 
Sat next to the window on a stool, plate of cookies on the counter beside him, was someone Changbin didn’t expect to see.
“Felix? What are you doing here?” Changbin asked, walking up to his friend. He noticed two teacups sitting beside Felix, as the hufflepuff smiled at his friend dearly.
“Waiting for you, silly.” Felix hummed, pulling up a second stool beside him and patting it with his hand, “Come sit.”
“So you’re the mysterious “friend” of my secret admirer...” Changbin said simply, pulling the stool out to sit on it. Felix nodded with a ‘mmhmm’, focusing on pouring some tea into the teacup adjacent to Changbin.
He had so many questions for Felix swirling around in his head as he stared blankly at his friend; Did he always know? Was he pretending he didn’t know whenever he got a note and gift? And if he knew, why did he keep this information from Changbin?
 As if he could read his mind, Felix said “I’m sure you have a lot of questions, and I can’t answer all of them.” The hufflepuff stirred some sugar into his own tea with a spoon, before setting it gingerly on the counter.
“What can you tell me?” Changbin asked, taking a sip of the tea. It was chamomile, like your note said; he grinned at the taste, somehow sweeter because it reminded him of you.
“For starters, I just figured out who it was a week ago, so I haven’t betrayed you for that long.” Felix chuckled, snatching a cookie from the plate and dipping it in his tea, “And believe me, I’ve wanted to tell you about a million times since I found out.”
Changbin grabbed a cookie and took a bite out of it, the rich, spiced flavours contrasting with the tea well. He gazed at his friend, feeling a bit on edge and antsy. He wiped the crumbs from his mouth with the back of his hand before speaking again.
“What-”
“Hold it right there buddy!” Felix quickly interrupts, excited grin growing on his face, “You’re aware this is sort of like a game right?”
Changbin nodded, not sure what the other boy was getting at.
“Well, I am only allowed to answer three questions.” Felix said, holding up his fingers to emphasize his point, “And you can’t ask outright who they are. Other than that, you can ask almost anything!”
Changbin took a minute to process the game, before scoffing to himself with a smile. Of course you wouldn’t just let Felix outright reveal your identity; not after all the work you put into this little treasure hunt Changbin was on.
“Choose your questions carefully.” Felix warned, leaning back and taking a sip of his tea to let Changbin have some time to think. 
What he didn’t expect was the Gryffindor to stand up from his spot and start pacing, seemingly deep in thought. It was endearing he took this little game that seriously.
Changbin’s brain was racing a million miles an hour. He wanted to know everything about you, but what was the most important think to ask?
After a few moments, Changbin sat back down and took a deep breath. Relax. He was meeting you today anyways, so he should just ask what his instincts tell him to.
“Ready?” Felix asked nonchalantly, lacing his fingers together and placing his hands under his chin. Changbin nodded firmly, determination gleaming in his eyes.
“How do you know them?”
“I first met them in a class the two of us share. I sit beside them and we exchange notes for the class pretty regularly.” Felix answered, as directly as he could without being too obvious.
“Okay... that narrows the options.... What gift was their favourite to make or which were they most excited to give me?”
“That’s technically two questions in one, but I’ll allow it because I actually know the answer to both. They said they liked making the snowglobe best because it was a very special and magical process, but were most excited to give you the chocolates because it was the first gift.”
“They sound like they’re sweet...”
“They are.”
Felix stared expectantly at Changbin, “Last question?”
Changbin had a question in mind, but he wasn’t sure if he should waste the last question on something so pointless. But it was killing him and he needed to know the answer to the question he’d not been able to stop thinking about since this whole thing started.
“Why do they like me?” Changbin practically mumbles the last syllable, eyes glued to the window. He felt his face flush as he watched the snow fall softly.
It wasn’t that Changbin didn’t like himself; he liked to think he was pretty confident guy overall. But the gifts and the notes just seemed so special, he almost wondered why he deserved them more than who was giving them to him.
“They think you are kind.” Felix began, voice gentle as he looked at his friend fondly, “And they think you’re a good, loyal friend. And above all else, they love how you’re so passionate about the things you care about.”
“That’s why they like you.” Felix hummed finally, taking his focus away from Changbin to drink more tea. 
Changbin felt like he was frozen in time. He wasn’t sure what he expected from the question, but he didn’t expect such deep and thoughtful reasons.
After a moment, Changbin was finally able to bring his gaze back to his friend, who was beaming back at him. Changbin couldn’t help feel bashful, his heart feeling like it was going to pound out of his chest as the corners of his mouth quirked up.
“I need to know who they are.” He said dreamily. Felix hummed, setting his teacup down before reaching into his robe. He gingerly pulled out a sealed white envelope and handed it to Changbin.
“This is for you. It’ll tell you where they are waiting for you.” Felix explained, as Changbin took the envelope and tore it open. Inside was a familiar looking white note.
My Dearest Changbin,
I hope you’re not mad at Felix from keeping my identity secret. He’s just being a good friend to me :p
Anyways, I’m sure you figured it out by now. And if you haven’t, that’s okay too. You’ll know soon enough.
Changbin felt like his entire body was asleep, tingling from head to toe. He could hardly handle the anticipation as he read your note.
I know you spend a lot of time with your friends in the Ravenclaw common room. I assume its your favourite spot to spend time, right?
Mine is the covered bridge that goes over the ravine; Sometimes I visit Sundial Garden too because it’s close, but I find the open airiness of the bridge helps me think.
I am waiting for you on that bridge. I hope to see you soon. &lt;3
Your Patient Admirer
Your note basically confirms you as a ravenclaw student, as you mentioned seeing Changbin spend time in the common room. But that barely mattered now as he knew where you were and that you were waiting for him.
He folded the note up and put in in his pocket, Giving an expectant look to Felix.
“They said they are on the bridge over the ravine.” He mumbled, almost confirming it to himself. Felix nodded, expression playful and soft as he watched his friend be practically frozen in place.
“I...” 
“Why aren’t you leaving, dude?” Felix asked, tilting his head slightly as he watched the Gryffindor tap his toe nervously
“I’ve wanted to know for months now, but I’m scared.” Changbin confessed, letting out a breathless laugh, “I don’t want to disappoint them...”
“I can guarantee you, that is impossible.”
“how can you be sure”
“Because!” Felix sighed exasperatedly, standing up and grabbing onto his friend’s shoulders, “How on earth could you possibly disappoint them when they adore you this much?”
“I don’t know!” Changbin huffed out, shaking his head before gazing at Felix, “I guess I’m just scared we’ll spend time together and they’ll realize they don’t like me...”
“Bin, you are sounding irrational.” Felix deadpanned, squeezing the gryffindor’s shoulders and slightly shaking him, “Don’t you want to know who it is? Don’t you want to at least try and be with this person?”
“More than anything.” Changbin said firmly. As afraid as he was, he was sure he wanted to at least try
“Then go!” Felix chuckled, pushing Changbin away from him, “Go. I promise, it’ll be okay!”
“You’re right.” Changbin hummed, pushing aside his doubts, “Thank you Felix.” Felix nodded, sending his friend off with a thumbs up and a ‘you got this!’ as Changbin dashed out of the kitchen and on his way to the covered bridge where you were waiting.
He wanted to figure out who you were before arriving, but he couldn’t seem to think of who his secret admirer could be. You had a class with Felix (not really helpful because Changbin only shared one class with Felix, where they sat together), You were a ravenclaw (there were thousands of ravenclaws), and you enjoyed tea and reading. 
Not to mention, he also didn’t recognize the handwriting, so he’s never borrowed notes form you before...
The wind was howling a bit more now as the snow fell in big, wet puffs. Changbin felt glad he brought his scarf with him as he walked along the path towards the bridge.
You, on the other hand, should have looked into what the weather was supposed to be like. You leaned on the railing, looking out into the snow covered ravine, sniffling slightly as your nose was running. 
You debated on going back inside, knowing that Changbin would have to walk through the clock tower to get to the bridge anyways; but that thought stopped when you noticed a figure in the distance from your peripheral
Oh god, what do you do? Should you approach him? No because that would mean you’s have to awkwardly walk towards each other and wait to say anything. But if you pretended like you didn’t see him, he might not think you were his secret admirer! But there was nobody else outside because it was cold and snowing so how could he possibly think it was someone else? Should you just turn to look at him? At least then you’d be addressing-
“Hi.” Changbin greeted shyly, sliding next to your spot on the railing to look out on the bridge.
Oh god.
“Hello.” You replied, chewing your bottom lip nervously, stealing a glace at the gryffindor. Were his cheeks red from the cold or because he was embarrassed? 
“You found me.” You mumble meekly, catching the way Changbin’s face morphed into a grin.
“So it is you?” He chuckled, turning towards you and smiling. You turned to look at him properly, nodding and letting and awkward giggle out. You weren’t sure what to say to him in this moment.
“Wow.” Changbin said simply, rubbing the back of his neck sheepishly, “had no idea it could have been you...”
Oh god.
He was disappointed. 
You should have known to never confess. God you felt so stupid! Of course THE Seo Changbin would never-
“I mean, aren’t you way out of my league?” Changbin said with a grin, as your eyes shoot up to meet his. He held that expression he always had whenever he would receive a gift; smile so wide his cheeks poked out, nose slightly crinkled and eyes glittering. You found yourself smiling too.
“Me? I don’t think you have any idea how wonderful you are if you think I’m out of your league...” You joked boldly, immediately looking down at your shoes out of embarrassment. Changbin let out a giggle, feeling like he was on cloud nine.
It was you.
Changbin never even considered you an option when thinking about his admirer. You were diligent and soft spoken and definitely seemed like you’d never be interested in a loud, childish, muscle-head like Changbin. He always thought you were attractive, but he thought he never had a chance with someone like you.
So imagine his surprise when he walked onto the bridge and saw your figure in the distance; he felt like it had to be a prank. But the closer he got the more he could see you were nervous and that nobody else was around to scream ‘gotcha!’ .
It was you and Changbin couldn’t have felt happier.
“Thank you, for everything.” Changbin hummed, handing you your book back. When you grabbed it, he swore he felt a shock go through his body. 
“I- uhmm...” Changbin stuttered, clearing his throat while looking at the ground. Changbin had never felt nervous like this before, but he willed himself to be brave and just speak his mind.
“Listen,” he began, looking back up at you to see your anxious expression. He couldn’t help but think you looked cute, “I have never felt as cared about as I do because of you. It seems almost impossible for me to ever come close to making you feel so loved... But I want to try.
“So, do you maybe want to head inside and we can talk some?” Changbin asked, looking at you expectantly, “Perhaps over a cup of tea in the Museum or astronomy room?”
“As a date..?” You asked teasingly, causing Changbin to scoff
“yeah, as a date silly.” Changbin laughed, shaking his head playfully at you.
“Sounds lovely.” You accepted giddily. With a burst of courage, Changbin slips his hand into yours, eyes widening by how cold you are.
“Oh, I’m sorry I kept you waiting out here for so long, you’re freezing!” He huffed out, hastily taking his scarf off to wrap it around you delicately. He tucked it into your coat, lightly brushing your cheeks with his thumbs; you swore you would faint as Changbin smiled at you wrapped up in his scarf.
You tried not to cheer out loud at his sudden carefulness. His scarf smelled like him and you knew that you’d have a hard time wanting to take it off, even when you got back inside.
This all felt like a dream...
You slipped you hand into his once more as the two of you walked back to the castle, where you swore you could die happy.
--
“Oh dear, he looks like he’s trying to play it off but you can tell he’s upset...” Minho winced, as the table watched Chan have to break the heart of a poor Slytherin boy. 
You watched apologetically, instinctually grabbing at Changbin’s hand as his arm rest around your shoulder. He pulled you closer to him, pressing you against his side as he frowned at the exchange.
When Chan returned, he let out a sigh, slumping down in his chair.
“Asked you out?” Seungmin asked, to which Chan nodded weakly.
“Yeah, he said he wanted to take me out to honeydukes this weekend, but I politely declined.” Chan said simply, crossing his arms over his chest as he furrowed his brow, “He seemed a bit embarrassed. I hope he’s okay...”
“Oh man, that’s rough.” Jeongin hummed, tapping his pencil against the edge of his herbology textbook.
“I do not envy you guys.” Changbin scoffed, turning to look down at you endearingly as you snuggled closer to your boyfriend.
Changbin, your boyfriend.
The thought of it made you both giddy.
“Yeah well, lucky for you to have the only person confess to you be someone you liked back!” Jisung pouted, patting Chan on the back, “some of us have to be heart breakers!”
“Not me.” Changbin mumbled, grinning dreamily before placing a sweet kiss on your lips (and consequently causing the rest of the table to groan).
Maybe it was alright that Changbin didn’t really have people confessing their love to him all the time. It used to bother him, but now that he got to have you, he was happy to not be a heart breaker.
238 notes · View notes
daceydeath · 1 year
Text
Light (One Shot)
Tumblr media
Parings: Vampire Chan x Female Reader (established relationship) Word Count: 2.3k Genre: Vampire Au, romance, smut Warnings: 18+, Minors DNI, unprotected sex (don't be stupid), vaginal fingering, swearing, biting/marking A/N: This is a one shot of a series I did it can be read alone but would make much more sense if you read the whole series. You can find that here but it isn't essential.
After months together and your grandmother's gift to you, you have decided you are no longer afraid to let Chan mark you as his forever.
Music pumped rhythmically as you made your way into Ordinary for the first time in a long time, the décor hadn't changed and neither had the atmosphere for heavy drinking and wild dancing it seemed a strange place to be meeting for a date but Chan had assured you that it would be the perfect location and you trusted his judgement. He had long proved his sentimentality when it came to anything or anyone he treasured and, while he did have to remind you, it had been at Oddinary that you had first caught his eye. You also knew he was always incredibly romantic and very old fashioned when it came to you and your relationship. He had been cautious to move your relationship along physically after he realized your fears of him marking you, using the excuse of not wanting to lose control and do anything against your wishes, and for a while you had been content with just kisses, cuddles as sweet words but now you wanted so much more.
Making your way through patrons that were littering the walkway by the bar you felt eyes following you, you paused once you reached the corridor leading from the main bar to the kitchen and bathrooms before venturing down the dimly lit hall until you reached the very end knocking you knuckles against the door casually. A small window in the door slid open and piercing blue eyes met your own you smiled and nodded politely waiting for him to allow you entrance.
"Good evening Miss" a gruff voice answered as the door swung open to reveal a very tall thin gentleman.
"Good evening" You nodded and smiled again passing by him easily and making your way into the basement of the establishment. Chan had previously mentioned that Oddinary had catered for both humans and Oddinaries alike but not that there had been an entirely separate bar in the basement for that reason. Entering the actual club you heard the soft sounds of piano floating gracefully through out the room, red velvet drapes and dark jewel toned leathers gave the room an old world elegance that was jarring from the upstairs neon lights and pumping noise music. A few Oddinaries were seated in booths around the edge of the room including your precious Chan. Chan stood the moment he saw you enter it was his typical gentlemanly ways coming out, and it always caused you to smile, he was always able to sweep you off your feet especially when he looked like he stepped of a movie screen in his back suit and crisp white shirt.
"You look beautiful" he smiled brightly at his eyes sparkling in the low light as he took in the navy dress you had worn for him.
"Thank you Channie, you look rather gorgeous yourself" you giggled as he kissed your cheek and guided you to your seat.
"Apparently I clean up nicely when I let Hyunjin and Jeongin dress me" he admitted smirking, as he noticed you staring at him, which had the desired effect as you felt your cheeks warm up under his heated stare.
"You never did tell me why you wanted to meet here and not just at home?" You murmured as a Nymph girl appeared at your table bringing a suspiciously familiar purple shimmering drink "Is this?"
"Yes it is and no I didn't did I?" he watched as you took a small sip from the glass his eyes burning your skin where they lingered.
"Are you going to tell me now?" you teased gently biting your lower lip as you placed the glass back on the table your fingers stroking the cold surface slowly collecting the condensation on your fingertips.
"I wanted to give the boys time to all clear out of the house" he shrugged his eyes flicking between your fingers and your face "The last thing I want is any interruptions tonight my love"
"Ever the planner" you smirked feeling a mixture of nerves and excitement light up in your blood, knowing Chan would feel it too, you were pleased when he had to stifle a groan as you pressed your thighs together to feel the tiniest amount of relief.
"And you are being a rather naughty girl tonight love" You have spent far too much time with Hyunjin and Changbin he faux scolded taking a mouthful of the gin he had left sitting in front of him.
"What time did you tell the boys they needed to be out?" your voice almost a whisper
"They should all be upstairs did you not see them as you came in?" he chuckled darkly as your eyes widened slightly "Minho will be very disappointed that you don't take your safety and surroundings seriously"
"I felt eyes, I knew they were harmless and I was distracted by this incredibly attractive Vampire I was meeting here" you pouted looking away from him.
"Well I don't like the sound of that I better get you home so you are safe" he smiled suggestively standing and reaching for your hand which you gave him automatically. "Shall we love?"
You giggled as he led you back up the stairs but instead of leaving through the front bar he led you through the rear doors and straight to his car his hands wandering your shoulders, arms and back the further from the bar you got. Opening the door for you, as always, he assisted you inside before kissing your knuckles again and making his way to the drivers side beaming as he drove the pair of you home. The tension between you only grew during the short drive, you hand resting on top of the hand he had resting on your fabric covered thigh. Pulling up to the townhouse your nervous excitement only grew, the anticipation of Chan finally touching you the way you had wanted him to for weeks was almost too much for you.
Leading you into his bedroom you dropped your bag and keys on the desk under the large window only to find yourself tugged backwards pressed against Chan's hard chest.
"You can stop me anytime you need my love" he whispered seductively kissing the shell of your ear "But from the way your heart is beating I'm going to assume you are not going to want me to"
"Chan please don't stop" you gasped his hand sliding up your body pausing to gently squeeze your breasts before making its way around your throat holding you firmly to him "want this please"
"You are perfect baby" he chuckled letting you go suddenly leaving you blinking and unbalanced "I'll give you what ever you want as long as you will be a good girl for me" he spun you around to face him claiming your lips before you had a chance to focus on his face. His kiss was all consuming as though he could steal your breath from you as his plush lips glided against your own. Kissing his way down your jaw to your neck you couldn't help letting your head fall to the opposite side.
"I'll be so good Chan" you whined while he grazed the skin on your neck and shoulder with his teeth nibbling and kissing everywhere he could reach which only made him smirk against your skin sliding the strap of your dress from your shoulder.
"Can I take this off of you?" he teased lightly pulling on the zipper at the back of your dress with one hand while the other stroked across your waist.
"Yes please" you whimpered feeling almost drunk on how intense the emotions you were feeling were becoming and the feel of his hand on you. Agonizingly slowly Chan lowered the zip slipping the fabric off your body with ease leaving you in nothing but your underwear. You could hear his breath suck in sharply as he took in your mostly naked body, instantly taking the upper hand you placed your hands on his chest carefully backing him up to the bed and gently pushing him to sit.
"Love?" he murmured lowly watching you straddle his legs your hands moving to push his jacket from his broad shoulders.
"Let me help you Channie, just want to be your good girl" you cooed looking at him with your best doe eyes, starting to unbutton the shirt he was wearing fingers stroking the skin you exposed making him groan beneath you. His hard chest was a work of art and you had a sneaking suspicion the rest of him would be too as you dragged your fingers toward the fastenings of his pants.
Chan stopped you continuing by capturing your chin between his fingers holding you in place with just enough force for you to know he meant it. Pulling you in for another passionate kiss his tongue tracing the seam of your lips asking your entrance, which you gave him easily, his tongue gliding with yours as he deepened the kiss further. Lifting you from his lap he carefully laid you on the bed hovering over you as he continued to kiss you, his hands mapping your skin and making you feel as though you were on fine. You gasped as his fingered teased the edge of your underwear hooking his forefingers in the waist band he tugged them leisurely down your legs flinging them somewhere for you to find later.
"Do you still want this?" he whispered against your lips his fingers expertly slipping between your open thighs and caressing your wet slit.
"Please, yes, please" you whimpered bucking your hips slightly towards his fingers "want you Chan, only you"
Chan growled lowly letting his fingers dip between your lips and feeling how slick with arousal you were for him easily slipped a single one inside you as his thumb began its tortuously slow pace of circling your clit. Your head was spinning, you already felt like you were on fire with how much you wanted him but now you could feel how badly he desired you and it was launching you almost over the edge without him doing anything more than tease you then he added another digit to your entrance making you arch off the bed with pleasure.
"Oh gods" you moaned loudly grasping his arms and shirt so hard you though you might tear the fabric.
"Can you feel that baby? feel what you make me feel? feel what I want to do to you?" He groaned as he felt your orgasm approaching as your walls tightened around his fingers.
"Yes.... Chan... I feel it...please I need more...please" you begged from beneath, hips cantering against his hand looking for more friction.
"Good girl baby, beg for me" he growled increasing his pace and bringing you so close to the edge you were dripping onto his hand unable to do anything but arch and moan beneath him. He pulled himself away from you leaving you dazed and confused as he rapidly undressed himself before returning to you "What do you need baby?"
"You Chan. I need you" you pleaded hands moving to cup his face "Only you Chan". You watching his eyes darken until they were almost black as he slowly leaned into to kiss you again, his hard length sliding between your folds before sheathing himself inside you making you cry out in bliss as he stretched you around him.
"You're so beautiful" he moaned pounding into you remorselessly his hips slamming against yours "All mine" you mewled helplessly letting him have you however he wanted the combined emotions of the two of you causing you to lose all self control as you came hard on his cock moaning his name loudly. He slid himself from you making you whine at the loss of the feeling of him inside you, he gently repositioned you onto your knees pushing himself back inside your swollen entrance.
"Chan" you gasped desperately feeling him even deeper inside you than before he dick perfectly rubbing against your g spot as he thrusted into you slower this time. Clawing at the sheets you almost came again when he wrapped one large hand around your throat and pulled you up against his chest. You could feel how close he was as hip hips began to stutter as he continued burying himself inside you.
"Good girl, are you ready? are you sure?" he ground out between his gritted teeth.
"Please" you whimpered again overwhelmed by what you were feeling his love for you, his lust, his need to keep you with him forever and your need to stay with him. Your heart felt like it was going to burst with how intense everything felt now that you you truly understood what it meant to be his mate. Less than a second later he tilted your head to the left and you felt a sharp pain as his teeth pierced the skin of your neck, the pain faded almost as quickly as is occurred replaced instead with intense pleasure which caused you to scream as you came so hard your vision went white causing Chan to follow you over the edge filling you with his seed into your convulsing core before everything went dim. It was like everything faded away and it was just the two of you left in the world as you opened your eyes to find Chan already tending to the wound on the bottom of your neck.
"I am so sorry my love, forgive me" he murmured sadly kissing your forehead.
"I don't understand" you croaked your voice hoarse from overuse.
"I took too much, I should have made sure that Felix or Han were home to keep you safe" his voice shook as he continued to dress the wound that you realized you would wear forever.
"I am always safe with you, Chan and I always will be" you smiled reaching for his face to get him to kiss you again.
"I hurt you though" he sadly attempted to argue.
"No you didn't I'm fine I promise" you soothed peppering his face with kisses "Now please hold me" you pouted, making him sigh in defeat and gently take you into his arms pulling you to his bare chest.
"I love you" he kissed your hair as you listened to his breathing.
"I love you to Chan, forever" you smiled knowing that this was just the start of the next part of your life together.
A/N: Thank you for reading and thank you for any likes, reblogs or comments you might have you are amazing xx
Taglist: @lotus-dly, @thegoddessharmoy, @indelicate-macalino, @k-ajla12, @jumunnaa, @cutiepie25162, @pusangmamon, @3sriracha, @christopher-bangnaldoskzz, @armystay89,
322 notes · View notes
bbykpoper · 2 years
Text
Tumblr media Tumblr media Tumblr media Tumblr media Tumblr media Tumblr media Tumblr media
The Ninth Life
There is a shop located near the Little River that is said to hold magic inside.
Won’t you come in to find out?
??? x reader
‧͙⁺˚*・༓☾  ☽༓・*˚⁺‧͙
🔮 part 20 - operation lotus (i)
‧͙⁺˚*・༓☾  ☽༓・*˚⁺‧͙
tnl masterlist
5 notes · View notes
dreaming-medium · 4 months
Text
Animals Without Direction
Chapter Thirty - Missed You
Previous Chapter | Next Chapter
Masterlist
The sleep that you fell into was dreamless. As soon as your head hit the pillow, you were out cold.
Changbin had put you in your old room, apparently no one has claimed it since your absence. Another court member perk. Perhaps squatter’s rights didn’t apply in this case.
The hustle and bustle of the camp waking up comes through the stone window, but it’s not enough to take you out of your comfortable sleep bubble. 
Do they know yet? Do your fellow soldiers know what’s coming? Has Changbin told them anything yet? Are they aware of the impending storm on the horizon?
Heavy boots walk down the hall outside your room, you can hear them coming at a good clip. Maybe the craziness started then. 
Of course Changbin has told his soldiers, he had to. There’s not enough time to waste. He probably told them right after plopping you into bed. 
The boots barely give pause outside your door, pushing inside without knocking. 
What? Who? Changbin? No, his footsteps are much heavier. 
Your brain is slowly coming alive. 
The boots sound like they’re toed off right next to you.
The bed dips right next to your body, a warm presence hovers over your sleeping form. They move with such urgency it makes your heart drop. 
But since you were so exhausted, it seems like your brain doesn’t want to function. 
A familiar smell invades your senses, igniting every nerve ending. 
Before you’re able to open your eyes, lips press to your forehead for an extended couple of seconds. 
Jeongin. 
A happy squeeze comes around your heart. Gods, you missed him. 
You hum sleepily, finally able to move your limbs. He pulls back from your forehead to kiss only a centimeter lower, then a kiss just to the left, another to the right. 
The squire peppers your forehead with tiny, long kisses. 
“Jeongin…” you slur, physically forcing your eyes to open. 
He pulls back to look down at you. His black hair disheveled and fluffy as ever; bright eyes look down at you with thinly veiled excitement and joy. 
“I thought I was hearing incorrectly when a guard told me of your return.”
Jeongin doesn’t stay still for long, he swoops back down, kissing your cheek, then your nose, then your other cheek, then your chin. 
With a tired squeal, you squirm around. 
“No, no,” his leg swings over your body, straddling you completely. Both of his large hands cup your face so he can continue his assault. 
Finally, he plants his lips on yours. An electric shock shoots down through your chest at the sensation. A happy huff leaves his nose.
Your arms wrap around his neck at the same time his come around your shoulders, like he can’t get you close enough. Both of his eyebrows pinch together, face contorted like he’s physically in pain. 
Jeongin’s tongue slides out to tango with yours. Your kisses slide over one another. One of his hands grabs the back of your head to keep you even closer. 
“I take it you missed me,” you say against his lips. 
“Hush,” he answers quickly and keeps his mouth on yours. 
Jeongin nips at your bottom lip and lays your body back down on the mattress, his own lithe form pressing down further and further. He adjusts to slot his hips between your legs. 
He tastes so good, like honeyed ale and sweet candies. Sucking on his tongue was like consuming your own personal confection. 
“Why are you back at Fort Mire?” you ask.
He kisses you again before answering. “Messenger sent for me to come see Changbin.”
“Have you?”
Kiss.
“I got sidetracked.”
Idiot.
You kiss him again.
Jeongin groans low in his throat when you wrap your leg around his hips. He must’ve shucked his armor off before coming in, leaving him clad in a traveling tunic and slacks. 
The shirt billows off his body, the low neck leaving his chest partially exposed. 
The trousers were so thin you could feel his cock throb after one particularly sensual roll of your hips. 
“I heard about your injury,” he says in between kisses. Immediately, he dives in for another. 
Your body tenses. Him too? Is he going to punish you for something that wasn’t even your fault?
Like always, he seems to sense your thoughts. 
“I will not scold you.” Kiss. “You probably already got an earful—“ kiss. “From Changbin and Chan and everyone else.” Kiss. “Just need you.” Kiss. “So bad, Y/N.” Kiss. “Just do not let it–” Kiss. “Happen again.” Kiss.
“I am here now,” you whisper into his mouth with unfocused, lidded eyes.
His face looks the same, a strong blush crawling down his neck.
“Thank The Six.” He dives back in. 
After a few more long kisses, you hook your feet around his bent knees and flip the two of you over. 
He only pauses for a moment before licking and mouthing at your lips with more fervor than before. Tiny exhales leave his nose. 
Jeongin hums, hands desperately clawing at your body. Each touch feels feverish, like you’re a glass of water and he’s been wandering in the desert for weeks. 
He threads a hand through your hair and wraps the other arm around you, pulling you down so your chests are flush. 
Your hips roll down on his hard cock, stimulating you both. 
“Need— fuck— need you,” he begs into your mouth. “Y/N— shit .”
You smirk against his mouth. “I missed you too, Jeongin.” You suck on his bottom lip. He whines and holds you closer. “Let me show you how much I missed you.”
His breath catches in his throat. “No—“
You cock an eyebrow at him, leaning back to get a closer look. He visibly swallows; he desperately tries to hold eye contact with you, but looks away each time. 
Jeongin’s ears turn redder and redder by the second. 
“I— I just— shit— s-sit on my face,” he finally stutters out. “Please.”
Your eyes widen and your heart skips a beat. 
“Need to be surrounded by you,” he pants, chest heaving against yours. “I just need you.”
You smirk. It’s devilish and Jeongin knows it. His lips part with surprise. 
“What if we did both?” 
It takes him a second before it clicks into place. 
He gulps again but his hips buck up into yours causing both of you to moan lowly. It feels so fucking good that he does it again. 
“Shit,” he murmurs. You roll your hips and lean down, taking a small nip at his bright red ear. “I care not— Gods, woman— sit on my fucking face before I go insane.”
 Jeongin grabs your hips in a bruising grip, guiding your pussy to drag over his clothed erection. 
“You want to taste me, Squire?”
His hands tighten more. “I do, I need it, Y/N, please.”
With one last bite to his neck, you sit up on his hips, the pressure from your weight makes his eyes roll back in his head. 
Reaching down, you grip the fabric of your loose tunic and rip it off. Your chest bindings were taken off last night along with your trousers. 
You now sit on Jeongin in just your smalls. 
He bites his lip and looks up at you with hazy eyes. His tongue comes out to lick his drying lips. 
“Been dreaming of you every night,” he whispers, his eyes not leaving your exposed skin. “I never got to properly taste you.”
One of his hands reaches up and slides all the way from your lower abdomen up towards your chest. Those long fingers leaving blazing trails with their path. His fingers splay out wider the higher he got until they eventually run over your collarbones and around your throat.
“Fuck,” he whispers to himself, admiring your scarred skin. Battle wounds litter the planes of your body in different spots, despite that, he admires you as if you’re a demi-god from the afterlife. 
“Please,” Jeongin begs again.
You lean forward and capture his lips once more, your fingers moving to push up his tunic, feeling the entire expanse of his muscled chest. His training definitely paid off– the muscles underneath his tunic are hard, all cut lines and straight angles. 
“Patience, Jeongin,” you whisper against his lips. His hips buck into yours eagerly. 
He groans and leans up to devour your lips with his own. He’s so antsy, his lust causing him to make sloppy licks to your tongue, spit building up between your mouths and dripping down your chins.
Despite your wet folds screaming to keep rutting against him, you lift your hips to hook your fingers over the waistband of his trousers. Jeongin sighs into your mouth when you pull them down, his cock springing from its confines. 
His legs kick the trousers off completely. If you weren’t so anxious to touch him you might have laughed at his eagerness. 
When one of your hands grabs his cock, Jeongin melts into the mattress. A long, deep groan coming from his chest and entering your own mouth. His eyebrows pinch together, his cheekbones hollowing from kissing you so fervently. 
Jeongin grabs your upper arms, fingers curling around your own muscles. 
“Y-Y/N, please .” His begging is music to your ears. It scratches some deep itch in the inner workings of your mind. To have such a physically powerful man beg for you, plead to let him taste you, it makes you keen. 
Parting from his lips, you sit up and grab at the waistband of your smalls. You maneuver your body off of his to stand up from the bed. His fox-like eyes never leave your naked form.
As soon as the fabric hits the ground, his lips part and his tongue darts out to wet them. Jeongin’s hand drifts down to fist his own cock. The head is so red and angry, you almost feel bad.
His chest is heaving with want and desire.
You walk back towards the bed, his eyes snap to yours. 
Slowly, his hand pumps his cock while he watches you climb back onto the bed. He gulps once, eyes dropping down to your glistening folds. 
“Gods…” he says hoarsely.
You kneel on the sheets next to his bed, the tip of his tongue already leaving his lips in anticipation of tasting you. Faster and faster his hand moves on his cock, making you smirk. 
“Say it one more time,” you tease, tilting your head to the side to stare at him with narrowed eyes. “Just for me.”
Jeongin’s eyes shut in frustration, his back arching off the bed, his hand still furiously stroking himself. “Fucking– please, Y/N. ”
“Good boy.”
You throw your leg over his face. Jeongin whines underneath you and before you can even settle, his tongue is delving through your folds.
Gasping, your entire body tenses and your head tilts back, “Ah–! Shit, Jeongin. ”
He moans into your cunt, with the way you’re facing, you’re not able to see his face. But if you had to guess, his eyes were either shut or rolling back in his skull; or both.
Jeongin’s hand seems to have stopped stroking himself, his entire focus on licking your juices and exploring you with his tongue. He’s squeezing his cock so tight the head turns an even deeper red, precum leaking out and down over his fingers. 
His tongue licks around your clit before he sucks on it. Without thinking, your weight drops down a bit, unable to stop your leg muscles from giving out. 
The moan that Jeongin lets out is so loud it vibrates through your body. 
“S-Sorry,” you whine and try to lift your weight back onto your knees. Jeongin’s hands shoot up to desperately grab your hips, pulling your body back down onto his face.
He licks more at your clit, coming down to tease your entrances and then back up to flick at your small bundle of nerves.
Oh, so he likes having all your weight on him. Well, you could absolutely make that happen. 
You drop your weight gently until you’re literally smothering him. Jeongin moans deeply, his fingernails digging into your skin, hips bucking into the air while his legs squirm around. 
Moan after moan comes out of your mouth, his name in between each one. You reach down and run your nails over his bare abdomen, the muscles jump and tense under your touch. 
He keens and whines. 
Your eyes flick down to his throbbing, weeping cock standing proud. 
Leaning down, you grab his cock with one hand at the same time you lick a fat stripe from the bottom of his shaft all the way to the top. 
His licking stops only for a second so that he can moan into your cunt. When he resumes his ministrations, they’re ten times more passionate. His licks quicker and his sucking a bit harsher. 
You swirl your tongue around his cockhead before taking as much as you could into your mouth. Jeongin has to pry himself away from your cunt to arch back and let out a loud whine, his thighs tensing when you flex your tongue in a wave motion to press along the shaft. 
“ Ffuucck… ” he can’t stop the whine from coming out. 
His fingers slide from your hip over your asscheek to run down your folds, finding your entrance and pushing in slowly. The wet slick sound fills the air, intermingling with your heavy pants and sucks. 
Moaning around his cock, you wiggle your hips for more. He leans back up to suck on your clit again. Each time he returns to pleasure you, it’s with more enthusiasm than the last. 
Those sinful fingers move in and out of you slowly, a second and third finger joining in after a bit. They curl and reach deep within your body, every sensation shooting down your legs. 
Your mouth bobs up and down on his cock, making sure to hollow your cheeks and suck and lick every inch you could reach. Jeongin’s thighs tense more and more as time goes on.
His moans going right into your cunt and yours vibrating around his cock. 
Jeongin reaches his other hand down your body to cup at your breast, teasing and pinching your nipples as much as he’s able to.
The familiar knot of an orgasm starts to pull in your stomach. Your moans get louder and louder, hips twitching and bucking into his face.
He must not be far behind with how his dick twitches in your hand. The pitch of his whines getting higher.
“C-Cum…” you manage to say around his cock, pulling off to pump him tightly. “Close, Jeongin. The hazy blush across your cheeks feels so hot.
“Yes, yes, yes,” he whispers into your folds in between licks. “Cum, pretty girl, cum for me.” His fingers thrust faster and harder, each one going in to his knuckles.
You’re barely able to continue pumping his cock, all you can think about is how amazing he’s making you feel, how his tongue seems to flick against your clit just right, how you can feel each hot exhale against your pussy. 
Slowly, your hand slows down to a leisurely pump. Jeongin doesn’t seem to mind in the slightest. His movements don’t calm down even for a second, putting your pleasure before his.
He’s licking at you as if your pleasure is his pleasure.
Tighter and tighter you clench around his fingers.
“Just like that,” he moans into your folds. “Come on, Y/N, cum for me. Soak my face, cum all over me.”
“J-Jeongin, shit! ” You can’t even keep your head up, your cheek rests on his thigh. Your fist clenching his cock, thumb rubbing over the head to spread precum around. 
You want him to cum with you so badly. You need him to cum with you.
Focusing, you pump your hand up and down his cock with a tight grip. His breath catches and his fingers twitch.
“G’na…” he pants. “ Fuck! Cum with me, Y/N, please, please–” His lips move against you.
Tighter and tighter you clench at the same time your hand moves faster.
“Sh-shit, Jeongin–! Cumming, cumming, cumming–!” you repeat like a mantra, your eyes squeezing closed as your orgasm washes over you like a tidal wave, your walls clenching down tightly on his fingers.
Jeongin only lasts for a few more pumps before his cock jumps in your hand and cum spurts out from the top. It shoots out and lands over your hand and arm, some even making it back to your shoulder.
The whines that bless your ears are sounds you’ll remember forever. They’re what wet dreams are made of. The way his breath catches each time he tries to inhale.
Both of you pant more as you come down from your highs. 
Slowly, his fingers slide out of you. A low whimper makes its way from your throat.
Jeongin chuckles and presses one last kiss to your cunt. You sigh.
“Come here,” he says lowly. The timbre of his voice is enough to give you chills.
Mustering strength on your wobbly arms, you climb off of him and turn around, laying next to him on the bed. Your body basically collapses next to him on top of the sheets. 
With dark, evil looking eyes, Jeongin takes your cum covered hand and maintains searing eye contact while he brings it to his lips.
His tongue comes out and licks a large bit of his own release off your skin. Your jaw clenches, mouth going dry at the sight. So much is collected on his tongue, he folds it back into his mouth, narrowing his eyes and watching you closely. 
He leans up on his elbow to hover over you.
Those fucking fingers grab at your jaw to force open your mouth.
“Open,” he says through his teeth.
You obey immediately, sticking your own tongue out a bit. 
He leans over you and lets a large dribble of spit fall from his mouth and into yours. The mixture of your juices, his cum and his spit slides over your tongue and your eyes roll back at the taste.
“Shit, Jeongin,” you moan after swallowing. “You are nasty .”
He then has the nerve to chuckle innocently, his dimples on full display. Your juices still coat his entire lower half of his face, making you roll your eyes and reach up with your clean hand, wiping it off his mouth.
“You missed me, then?” you tease.
His smile only gets wider. “More than you know.” 
Jeongin leans down and presses a sweet kiss to your lips. 
“Welcome back to the front lines, Mercenary.”
76 notes · View notes
skzhua · 2 months
Text
'down into the hollow' series (coming soon)
Tumblr media
synopsis: pixie hollow has never been better. each fairy fulfills their responsibility as they should. all of them? some may be distracted with a certain visitor called love.
genre: fairies!stray kids, fantasy!au, tinkerbell universe, fluff mostly, slow burn, genre depends on each story.
warnings: swearing, suggestive for some of them, all are female reader.
note: they can be read individually, but they are all interrelated. (i used the same names as my 'your eyes' series because i have no inspiration when it comes to names)
note 2: click on the hearts to read!
status: coming soon...
STRAY KIDS MASTERLIST
Tumblr media
♡ "Follow the melody in your heart."
pairing: music fairy!bang chan x dust keeper!reader.
genre: strangers-to-lovers, fluff, angst.
word count: tba.
warnings: swearing, lots of complaining, chan is clueless as hell.
summary: unlike your friend, jisung, you adore being a dust keeper. getting to participate in the magic of the fairies makes you ecstatic. or maybe, it has something to do with the musician who practices near the pixie hollow tree almost every day.
Tumblr media
♡ "Can you keep up?"
pairing: fast-flying fairy!lee minho x fast-flying fairy!reader.
genre: enemies-to-lovers (everyone's fav trope), fluff, angst.
word count: tba.
warnings: swearing, insults, talks of depression.
summary: as much as minho loves the simplicity of his life, a new fairy arriving in pixie hollow comes in to ruin his perfectly quiet routine. not only that, but she dares to steal the show as one of their fastest fairies they've ever had.
Tumblr media
♡ "I'd build a house for you."
pairing: tinker fairy!seo changbin x animal fairy!reader.
genre: slice of life, friends-to-lovers, lots of fluff.
word count: tba.
warnings: swearing.
summary: as one of the best tinker fairies, changbin is the fairy to go to when in need. when a squirrel accident occurs, the only person you think of is him. only, this wouldn't be the first time you'd visit the kind fairy.
Tumblr media
♡ "I followed the current until I reached a waterfall that made me fall for you."
pairing: water fairy!hwang hyunjin x light fairy!reader.
genre: fluff, angst.
word count: tba.
warnings: swearing, hyunjin is a romanticist, talks of loneliness.
summary: you and your brother have a specific routine. in charge of the sunrise and the sunset, you are used to watching them. when you are tasked with rainbows making one day, the water fairy you are paired with takes your breath away.
Tumblr media
♡ "Sometimes, you only need a little bit of dust."
pairing: dust keeper!han jisung x music fairy!reaader.
genre: fluff, fluff, fluff!
word count: tba.
warnings: swearing, jisung stares a lot.
summary: jisung never liked being a dust keeper. while the others get to play and fly around all day, he stares at the golden flakes for hours on end. on one of his many staring sessions at the other fairies, the music crew begins to play what can only be described as the most magical melody he has the chance to hear. their singer? you.
Tumblr media
♡ "I never thought I'd see something shinier than the light."
pairing: light fairy!lee felix x garden fairy!reader.
genre: best friend's brother, fluff.
word count: tba.
warnings: swearing.
summary: befriending someone who is a twin means two things. one; you are blessed with all the family secrets. two; you might ask about the other twin's a little too much.
Tumblr media
♡ "They say swans find their forever partner."
pairing: animal fairy!kim seungmin x music fairy!reader.
genre: forced proximity, fluff.
word count: tba.
warnings: swearing, suggestive.
summary: as you fly over to the daily rehearsal with the music fairies, birds coming your way changes your path and leads you to a dark cavern where the clumsy animal fairy misguided the flying beasts. it might take a while before the both of you get out, might as well make the most of it.
Tumblr media
♡ "Growing flowers is kind of my thing."
pairing: garden fairy!yang jeongin x dust keeper!reader.
genre: strangers-to-lovers, fluff.
word count: tba.
warnings: swearing.
summary: he comes every day at the pixie hollow tree, and you observe him every time. you don't know him, he doesn't know you. somehow, the pink flowers he brings every now and then begin to grab your curiosity.
taglist: @lenilla15 | @muddy-waters | @nanaspalette | @nattisbored | @popcatx0 | @vanblack95 | @aestheticsluut | @thanxxskz | @minhoino | @taetertotsv | @luvscrazy | @lethallyprotected | @foxinnie8 | @jisuperboard | @jihanlovic | @soobin-chois | @jinxwhore28 | @purplelandsworld | @yeojoongiee | @smugrogerina | @jaehyunicecream | @urmomlikeslinotoo | @syprosight | @thesassy-mia | @chaotic-world-of-the-j | @heartsforlevi | @miyakoa | @seungincore | @skzsilentcryy | @kpopsstuffs | @tinyelfperson | @chrizzztopherbang | @yukichan67 | @realrintaro | @nujeskz | @cookiemonstermusic258
Tumblr media
Copyright © 2024 skzhua. All rights reserved.
152 notes · View notes
hyunnows · 2 years
Text
SHATTERED PUZZLES | 9
Tumblr media
“a rude and arrogant patient with no identification wakes up from a year-long coma and develops temporary amnesia. Assigned to you, a volunteer who’s not going to put up with his attitude, you’re both in for a rough ride.”
PAIRING(s) | Hyunjin x reader, ft Minho x reader
THEMES | fluff, angst, a slight love triangle (i gotta stop with the skz love triangles–), amnesia!Hyunjin, Doctor!Chan, Rude!Hyunjin, car accident, trauma
WORD COUNT | 3.5k+
RATING | pg13
NOTE | ... surprise...! still not technically off my hiatus but i thought it couldnt hurt to post this since its been written for a few weeks now and i finally have a laptop to post on :D anyway, i know ive been taking forever to update this series, ive just been struggling with a bit of writer's block and i didnt have a laptop, meaning it wouldve been absolutely ridiculous to format this— anyway I apologize for the incredibly long wait, but here’s chapter 9, i hope you enjoy! have a great day/night <3
Series M.list | SKZ M.list | Taglist
Tumblr media
Soft…
Fresh…
Warm…
Silk…?
Hyunjin shoots up, arm reaching up to shield himself from the golden rays pouring into his vision. It’s just like when he woke up at the hospital, except now he’s surrounded by expensive, designer silk sheets and dozens of soft, fluffy pillows. At his bedside, a metal tray with a silver cover.
A pounding fills his head uncomfortably, thumping getting louder and more painful the longer it’s there. With sharp breaths, he clutches his head, clenching his eyes shut. Flashes of the room appear in his mind. 
Minho in front of the window, climbing in. 
Areum sitting on the bed, smiling at him. 
His father angrily slamming the door. 
His mother glaring at him. 
“Go to your room!”
Go to your room. 
His room. 
This is his room. He’s in his house. His parents’ house. 
Right, he was in your apartment, in his bed. Then the banging began, and he’d been rushing to your room—
His fingers tug on his shirt, tracing his shoulder with his finger in search of—found it. There’s a small, fresh scab on his delicate skin, where what he assumes was a dart penetrated him. Then everything faded to darkness, your muffled sounds of surprise and fear humming quietly in his ears as he lost consciousness. 
If he’s here, where are you? Surely they brought you as well. Leverage against him would be too great to pass up, right?
Crawling out the bed, he wobbles toward the door, his head still throbbing from what he assumes is the tranquilizer. He has to find you. Before they hurt you. 
Blond locks dangle outside is door when he peaks his head out, glancing around the posh halls for anyone who could pose as a threat. Really, that can be anyone—a lanky, pretty much hungover twenty-year-old in skinny jeans that were not meant for fighting—but he scans the area nonetheless. 
He thinks the coast is clear for a moment, before a larger, broad figure appears before him, grabbing his shoulder with one of the man’s large hands. Hyunjin can feel his bones shaking beneath his skin in fear, because this guy could break him like a popsicle stick without breaking a sweat. 
“So you’re awake,” a hoarse voice asks from behind the man in black, one that even Hyunjin’s memory can recall. “It’s nice to see you again, son.”
——
“Will you stop squirming?” Minho hisses from behind you. 
You huff in annoyance, tugging your wrists apart as much as you can. “No. I need to get out of here. They could be hurting him, and I don’t want to be stuck in here any longer.”
“They’re not going to hurt him. They’ll let us go soon too, so just relax and wait,” he sighs, leaning his head against your shoulder, his shoulders slumped. The one night he doesn’t sleep over and you two get kidnapped. What’s even better is that the moment he shows up to your house in the morning, something is thrown over his head and he’s tossed into a truck aggressively. And now he’s tied up in what he’s pretty sure is the Hwang Manor’s basement, where he can be no help to you or Hyunjin.
You decide to give escaping a rest for now, relaxing your posture. The two of you sit in silence, until something about Minho’s words finally strikes you. “How do you know they won’t hurt him? Or that they’ll let us go?”
You hear him let out a breath, imagining him to be wearing that face of annoyance with his eyes closed, brows furrowed and lips pursed that he gives Changbin for eating more than his portion. He turns his head to the side so you can hear him better. “Because he’s their son. Those people were sent by Hyunjin’s parents. They won’t hurt him, it won’t help them in any way. We’re probably here as leverage, and once they get him to agree to whatever they want, they’ll pay us to keep quiet or something and let us go.”
He says everything so nonchalantly that you almost think this is all ordinary, old news. But it's still completely new to you, so your silence-filled shock is understandable to Minho. After all, none of this is normal. 
Closing your gaping mouth, you whisper. “What do you mean they were sent by his parents? Minho none of this makes sense.”
“I’ll start from the beginning then…”
——
“Where is she?” Hyunjin growls angrily, thick brows hooding his eyes as he struggles against the grips of his father’s guards.
The older man chuckles, nudging one of the guards pulling Hyunjin along playfully. “He’s a lot feistier now, isn’t he?”
The statement makes Hyunjin’s face harden even more, and he’s a bit surprised at himself for being so bold and downright hateful with the man before him. “You don’t know me, stop acting like you do. Tell me where [Y/N] is.”
“Oh, the girl you were living with? Don’t worry, she’s safe… for now.” The implication makes the blond’s heart drop, a wicked smile crossing his father's face. “Let’s come to an agreement.”
Hyunjin wants to yell in his father’s face and demand to see you, but he knows that won’t work. Based on his few memories of the man, intimidation wouldn’t work, and Hyunjin is at a major disadvantage. “What do you want?”
“I want you to come back, live under our rules and enter a marriage we’ve arranged for you. Like you were supposed to before the accident.” Hyunjin shivers with how normally his father brushes over his incident. He almost died—they almost killed him—and he’s acting like it was just an ordinary accident.
Hyunjin shakes his head. “What’s in it for me?”
“Well, for one, your friends would get out of here safely.” Hyunjin’s eyes widen, ‘friends?’ “Oh, I forgot to tell you, we’ve got Minho too. Unfortunately, he’s like a leach and manages to find you no matter what. Quite a nuisance that boy is.”
Hyunjin stays silent. There’s no option other than agreeing to his father’s terms. The police would find him if he tried to run, and even if he managed to get you and Minho out of here safely, you’d have to live on the run, and he could never do that to either of you. Not after all that you’ve done for him. Reluctantly, he nods. “Fine, just let them go and I’ll do what you want.”
His father almost seems shocked with how easily he complies to the terms, but he quickly recovers. Standing tall, he whispers something to the guards, and almost instantly, they begin pulling Hyunjin away. It’s not aggressive like before, though, more like he’s being escorted somewhere. Still, he’s uncomfortable with the secretive aura surrounding them. Tugging his arms away from the guard, he sneers. “Don’t touch me.”
“Don’t you want to see your friends?” The guard asks in a low voice, his figure towering over Hyunjin’s. The blond’s jaw goes slack, just before he straightens up and nods. “Then stop resisting.”
——
“So Hyunjin’s super rich?” Minho nods. “And he was put in a coma by evil doctors paid by his parents, after they hired a hitman to crash his car and kill his girlfriend?” He winces a bit, but nods. “... That’s a lot to take in.”
“I know, that’s why I didn’t want to get you involved.” He frowns a bit, face scrunched in frustration. “But obviously, that didn’t work out like I hoped.”
“You were just trying to protect us,” you mutter, hoping your tone comes across as comforting as you want it to. “I just wish you would’ve told me, so I could be prepared, y’know?”
He nods in understanding, but still something is plaguing his mind. “I just didn’t want Hyunjin getting more attached to you than he already was. Especially since he—“ Minho cuts himself off, remembering that Hyunjin’s feelings for you aren’t his to tell. “Never mind, you get the gist.”
“Since he what? Since he likes me?” Your words make Minho’s head shoot up and turn to you as much as he can, given that you’re tied back to back. 
“How do you—“
“We, um, we kissed… more than once,” you flush, feeling embarrassed about bringing up such a topic while you’re tied up in a dark basement. “Last night, before they broke in, we’d kissed… and at the movie theater…”
Minho let’s put a few chuckles after he gets over the initial shock of Hyunjin disobeying him and having the guts to confess to you. In all honesty, he’s not even upset, because it wouldn’t have changed the outcome of your current situation. He’s just proud that Hyunjin did something for himself and is finally becoming his own person again. 
He doesn’t even acknowledge the way his heart aches knowing that he has no chance left with you. He’s just glad Hyunjin has the opportunity to be happy with you. “Wow. I can’t believe he had it in him.”
The two of you laugh, the occasional nudge from one another as you try and pass the time by telling jokes and anecdotes. You learn more about Hyunjin’s past, about Minho, and even a bit about Areum. Some tales make you wheeze and grin, while others have you brimming with tears. Who would’ve known that all of this would come from taking in a coma patient that couldn’t stand you? 
The chatter only halts when the metal door atop one of the staircases open, three figures illuminated by the light behind them. You immediately recognize the shortest one as Hyunjin, his blond, long locks framing his head and his figure defined in a much softer way than the other two at his sides. “Hyunjin!”
He perks up, smiling and jogging down the stairs towards you, hugging both you and Minho simultaneously. “I’m so glad you guys are okay, and so sorry for all of this. It’s my fault, I wish neither of you were dragged into any of this.” 
His deep set frown breaks your heart, but before you can dispute his apology, Minho pipes up. “I’ve been a part of this since the beginning. We’re partners in crime, you didn’t drag me into anything, okay Bud?”
Hyunjin nods, eyes brimming with tears, whilst he tries to remember both your faces. He knows that after this, you likely won’t see each other ever again in person. The same way he knows that he has to let go of you two to keep you safe, because losing you both would be worse than anything he can imagine. As long as you’re safe and free, he could live without being by your sides. 
“What’s wrong Hyunjin?”
He stares at you with a heartbroken smile, his hand coming to your cheek to caress it ever so slightly. “Nothing. Everything’s gonna be fine…” he trails off, unable to say the words stuck in his throat. He doesn’t want to make them real by saying them. It hurts too much for him to realize that this is likely the last time he’ll lay eyes on you. “You’re gonna be just fine.”
You tilt your head to the side, confused as to why he looks so pained and why he’s speaking so ominously. “What do you mean? Hyunjin, what’s going on?”
“No…” Minho gasps lightly in disbelief, “you aren’t going to… Hyunjin, no.” His large cat-like eyes contort in sadness. 
“They’re going to let you guys out of here. There will probably be some sort of contract to sign, but you’ll be safe… I just won’t be with you,” he frowns, lip quivering. The look of realization in your eyes makes him slump, his chest tightening. 
He doesn’t want to say goodbye. 
He doesn’t want to stay here. 
He doesn’t want any of this. 
But, he can’t do anything to stop it. For the first time in a while, Hyunjin feels truly and completely helpless. He has no say in the way things play out, because there are no choices for him to make. Nothing is up to him, he’s lost. 
“I’m sorry,” he cries, his hand still on your cheek, trembling against it. “There’s nothing else I can do.”
The cuffs clank and jingle as Minho goes limp against your back. “I’m sorry I couldn’t protect you better. I knew this was going to happen eventually, I just hoped I could postpone it more.” Face void of anything other than pure guilt and sorrow. 
Hyunjin shakes his head, mumbling out thanks and appreciation for all the older boy had done for him, trying to resist the guards pulling him away. “Time’s up, you have somewhere to be, and they need to be let go of already. Say goodbye.”
“Please just a bit more time—“ his voice croaks, tears now flooding his vision. He’s not ready. There’s still so much more he wants to say to you. “Please!”
The guard doesn’t let up, dragging him towards the stairs and lifting him as if he weighed nothing. Hyunjin has never felt as weak as he does now. Not even when you were there watching him learn to walk again. Or back when he couldn’t bend over without becoming nauseous. Or before he could go out normally. 
None of it compares to now as your figure grows farther and farther from him, tears streaming down your cheeks as the other two guards move to release you from your restraints. 
Memories flood him. 
The first night you brought him home, when you’d stared at him with nothing but care and concern, despite the way he’d acted. 
The first argument you had that lead to your first civil conversation. 
The way you didn’t hesitate to come for him at the store when he broke your promise. 
Your encouraging words and admiring eyes when you watched him dance. 
When you helped him dye his hair, even though you’d never done it before. 
When he’d seen you with Minho and first realized he liked you. 
All of it flashes before his eyes as you try to run past the guards to him, outstretching your hand in a desperate attempt to hold onto him. 
The movies. 
Your hands in his. 
The kiss. 
There’s so much more he wants to tell you. So much he aches to say. His heart is overflowing and overwhelmed with what he needs to tell you, but he knows there’s no time. 
But he can’t leave wordlessly. 
You gaze at him through your wet lashes, uselessly trying to reach him. His bright smile imprints in your mind. With vigor, he beams, straining his voice to be filled with gratitude and love. “Thank you guys, for everything!”
And just before he’s completely carried out the door, he shouts. “[Y/N]! I love you!”
And then he’s gone, and you’re left with Minho and the guards in the cold basement.
You don’t think you’ll ever recover, no matter how many times Minho insists you will. The gap in your heart only grows with each step leading to the grand white door at the front of the house where they have you wait for a driver to arrive. Heartache, longing, and most of all, regret lingering in your chest. 
You just wish you could’ve said it to his face. 
“I love you too, Hyunjin.”
——
Days pass, eventually some lawyers sent by the Hwangs arrive at your doorstep, forcing you to sign some sort of silencing form you don’t pay much attention to. These days, there isn’t much you do pay attention to. For the most part, things go back to how they were two years ago, before you’d ever stood in Hyunjin’s presence. 
You spend time in his room, keeping it tidy and free of dust. Occasionally you flip through his sketches and admire his paintings, but you try not to be too nosy. Hyunjin was private, and you’d like to respect his ways even if he’s not with you anymore. 
Minho comes over more often, the two of you keeping each other company. 
For Minho, things aren’t as difficult. Because of his status and the alliance his parents hold with the Hwangs, he still sees Hyunjin semi-often. Mostly for banquets or dinners though, where the blond puts on fake friendly smiles to hide the loneliness he tries so hard to ignore. 
He tries to tell you about Hyunjin and how he’s doing, but he knows it hurts you. Even with the way he loves you, he’s accepted that you’ll never feel the same. Not with the way you gaze at him with hopefulness when he brings the blond up. 
Hyunjin isn’t allowed to privately interact with Minho, so it’s a bit difficult to inform him of your current status. But he tries, the look of relief in the younger’s eyes enough for him to continue doing so. 
And as for Hyunjin, he’s sure he never has and never will feel an ache as great as this one, eating at him at all times. 
There are days he dwells on his options, wondering what he could’ve and can do differently so he doesn’t have to live this life. On others he forces himself to forget about it by focusing on dance or his studies, which he finds ironic considering how long he spent trying to remember. 
Occasionally he’ll internet stalk you and the boys, seeing your faces putting an instant smile on his face. He’s reminded of why he’s chosen this fate every time he remembers you’re safer this way. He just can’t help but think of what could’ve been, though. 
——
It’s not more than a few weeks when his mother calls Hyunjin downstairs for dinner, three guests he doesn’t recognize other than a slightly familiar feeling he gets from the younger woman’s face. She smiles at him sweetly, which he returns with a polite grin and nod, before giving his parents a confused look. “What is this?”
His mother apologizes for his rudeness, swatting him lightly on the arm. “Hyunjin, don’t be rude. Offer to take their coats and guide them to the dining room.”
“I’m sorry for my manners, but what’s going on? I don’t recall having any meetings today.” He continues, taking the couple’s and then the young lady’s coats and bowing gently. 
Mrs. Hwang chuckles falsely, “Silly goose, this isn’t a meeting, it’s a… betrothal dinner, if you will. This is Mr. and Mrs. Park and their daughter Yuna, or rather, our future family.”
“Future family?” He gapes, flabbergasted. The girl is beautiful, no doubt, but he doesn’t know the first thing about her. He assumes they knew each other before the accident, with the way they look at him as if they’ve always known him, they’re all strangers. “You don’t mean—“
“Yes, you’re engaged.”
As if his world wasn’t shattered enough, the last pillars of his sanity come crashing down on him. If he wasn’t trapped before, he surely is now. 
Throughout the dinner he’s fryer than the Sahara in conversation. He doesn’t even bother with small talk, only answering questions with simple nods or shrugs and never asking any of his own. Now he knows for sure why he risked everything to escape this life. 
He only has a true conversation with Yuna when she joins him in the garden, no longer keeping perfect posture and a forced smile. She almost looks relaxed, save for the way her legs and feet definitely hurt from her tall heels. Not at all like the girl he sat with inside, who he might've assumed was power-hungry and evil like his family. “For the record, I don’t want to marry you either.”
He jumps at her voice. How had he not heard hee walking up to him with the way hee shoes click with every step? Had he been that lost in thought? “What?”
She gestures for him to scoot over on the stone bench, which he does, and takes a seat beside him. With a deep sigh, he twiddles her fingers. “I’m in love with somebody. He’s not wealthy like us, so my parents won’t allow me to marry him. They don’t want to lose a potential deal with your parents, so I’m being forced into this relationship just as much as you are.”
Hyunjin quirks a brow slightly at her last few words, doubting her parents would threaten death and suffering on her and the man she loves, but doesn’t bother to say anything about it. Instead, he nods, finding a bit of comfort in the fact that he isn’t alone in his situation. 
“I take it you’re in the same boat?”
He nods, squeezing his dark eyes shut and trying to envision your face as best he can. “Yeah. It’s too late though, my parents already tore her and I away from each other.”
Yuna nods, before piling up again. “But what if it’s not? If you love her as much as I love my person, then it can’t be too late.”
“But what can we do? Our futures are set in stone.”
“Stone can be broken.” 
Tumblr media
Series M.list | SKZ M.list | Taglist
132 notes · View notes